No preview available
HomeMy WebLinkAboutTRUSS PAPERWORKl� ' JOB NUMBER 67970 PROJECT/ADDRESS 4X2 FLR167969 COUNTY SAINT LUCIE TRUSS COMPANY CHAMBERS TRUSS INC BUILDING CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE OCCUPANCY II:NON RESTRICTIVE BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF PORT ST. LUCIE � COMPUTER PROGRAM USED 6.3 Feb 15 2006 MiTek TIC LIL TIC D/L BIC UL BIC D/L TOTAL ROOF LOAD 20 15 10' 10 55 FLOOR LOAD 40 10 0 5 55 WIND SPEED: 140 WIND DESIGN: ASCE 7-2002'=Non-Concurrent -rb- 1978-2007 29 Years of Service CHAMBERS TRUSS INC 3105 Oleander Avenue, Fort Pierce, Florida 34982-6423 Fort Pierce 772-465-2012 Stuart 772-286-3302 Vero Beach 772-569-2012 FAX 772-465-8711 www.chamberstruss.com / mail@chamberstruss.com 800-551-5932 Anywhere For 61G15-31.003 section 5 where a Truss Design Engineer seals the Truss Design Drawings. SCANNFD. BY St. Lucie County DURATION 1.25 1.00 This package includes this truss index sheet and 15 truss drawings. BCSI 1-03 replaces HIB-91 in truss drawing references as of 111104. As witness my seal,l hereby certify that I am the Truss Design Engineer and this index sheet conforms to 61 G1531.003, of the Florida Board of Professional Engineers, where a Truss Design Engineer seals truss engineering drawings. The seal on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely of the truss components shown. Sealing engineer is the Truss Design Engineer as defined by 61G15-31.003. The suitability and use of this component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer, per ANSIfrPI 1-1995 Section 2. NO TRUSS ID DATE NO TRUSS ID DATE • NO TRUSS ID DATE NO TRUSS ID DATE 1 FLA 06/19/07 2 FLB 06/19/07 3 FLC 06/19/07 4 FLD 06/19/07 5 FLE 06/19/07 6 FLF 06/19/07 7 FLG 06/19/07 8 FLH 06/19/07 9 FLI 06/19/07 10 FLJ 06/19/07 11 FLK 06/19/07 12 FILL 06/19/07 13 FLM 06/19/07 14 FLN 06/19/07 15 FLO 06/19/07 IMPORTANT NOTE: Contractor/Truss Installer is to install bracing to prevent collapse of trusses. . Refer to TPI/WTCA "Building Component Safety Information" for handling and bracing of trusses. Apply plywood sheathing as trusses are installed to brace the top chords. Do not stand on trusses until trusses are braced per BCSI & properly `nailed to straps & hangers. FILE COPY WARMNO- Ve V, deslgnp4.a,nar andfi l NOTES ONTarSANSATL MbRTER RETERENCE PAGE M-7473BEMRSU . Seng-Chaff Tan, FL Lie #46765 345 Alhambra PL West Palm Beach, FL 33405 MiTek Industries, Inc. FL Cert.#6634 UI</, ��CEtVS•F STATE OF AeORM. JUL 0 2 2007 Is e MiTek SWOON Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 13 /4 Center plate on joint unless x, y Lz �? offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-1/11, For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-4id' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MIT& 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE ,The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing-6rdcing of Metal Plate C'nnnclr-t.,I Whnri Tn ,eJo r 1 Numbering System 648 dimensions shown to ftsica ixteenths scale) (Drawings not to le) 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LErrERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110,84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A © 2006 MTeW All Rights Reserved MiTek" POWER Ta PERFORM.'" MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mil-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for two system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this two design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design Is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of two fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. I B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 quality Criteria Job Truss Tress Type City Ply Tom Izzo/DOmn Res., floors 67970 FLA FLOOR 6 7 J b 5 MITO dust(opti0 .,,.e,,,.....s Truss Inc., ,t r,e,.o n..w= eng unai Tan, reeaorva 6.300 s Feb 152006 MRek industries, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:26:56 2007 Page 1 0.3.8 2-6-0 6.8 M1120= 2x3 MIIM 11 1 2 3 13-0_I 1 2.0.0 1 13_� 3x4 MI170= 20 MUD 11 2x3 M112011 3.4 MI120= 2x3 M112011 4 17 5 6 1fi 7 0 6.8 MII20= 16 15 14 13 12 11 Us M1120= 30 M1120= 3x4 M1120= axe M1120= 1-11-0 i-17-0 9-1* 6-70-0 7-10-0 1 840.0 154.8 15.8r0 0-3-8 6-6.8 14.0 1-0.0 1 � o Plate Offsets (X,Y): [5:04-8 Edge] [6:04-8 0-"] [10:045 Edge] [73:04-8 Edges [14:04-8 Edge] LOADING (pan SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) lldefl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.46 Val -0.1114-15 >999 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumberincrease 1.00 BC 0.42 Vert(TL) -0.23 11 >774 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress [net YES WB 0.46 Hom(TL) -0.02 10 Na Na BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight• 85 lb wmocrc TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP N0.3'ExcepY T2 4 X 2 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.213 WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 10 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 1=83010J-0,10=830f0-0-0 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-" do pudins. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0oc bracing. FORCES (lb) -Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=914/0, 23--40810, 3-0=90810, 4-17=151410, 5-17=-1514/0, 55=151410, 6-18=1514/0, 7-18=151410, 75=-90810, 8-9= 908/0, 9-11Y-91410 BOT CHORD 1546=0/0,14-15-011389,13-14=011514,12-13=011389,1142--0/0 WEBS 5-14=281/0, 6-13=281/0,145=011148, 345=26510, 4-15�61510, 4.14=31418,10-12=0/7148, 842=26510, 7-12-51510; 7-13=3I418 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been Considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this trusts is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-M oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be ^ attached to walls at their outerends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal orvertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. (LOAD CASE(S) Standard A rammerne arW RE1DNOTE9 gNTHIa RSPERENCSPAQSMR-949386NR&ete. use ighvaW or Design only with for use onlyvdih MBek connectors. this tlesignBbassoonlyupon parametersshown,antl is foranindividualrbWoin9 component. uponparametersshow Applicability paradual ers Incorporation -nos otbilitynuring 4 forlateralsuporlmn cner-action teresporracingflown u for lateral waonembers support o/ rmanent web members only. Atltlitonal temporary bracing to insure stabilitygner. ca the respomibing of the Additinvfemporaybrocisponsibiur n We erector. Additional permanent of overall mural i iANSI//the building designer. For generalguitlancegCompo w515N. trod. consult ANSI. D WlC8lerta, OS8 69 and 5C311 Building Component quality, canhvh storage. n andlombthe consult erection Outer Suite 4300 i4si5 r W 53Quality info( o Plarry, Snl4fy information avalvble from truss Plate Institute, 583 D'OnvMv Drrve, Madsen. WI53J19. 83 D'O Chester8eltl, MO 63017 rs.1d. 630 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION + 4_ 1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in fT-in-sixteenths. 1 6-4-8 dimensions shown to H-inixteenihs (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-brocin g g, is always required. See BC511. 1 n 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator TOP CHORDS bracing should be considered. C1-Y C23 WEBS 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. p K w t o O= Fyn O0 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate O np = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0- nd' from outside -s` a u U all other interested parties. edge of YN55. oa [6a Cs6 1O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably y protected from the environment in accord with AN51/iPl 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT 0. Camber is non-structural consideration and istheNUMBERS/LERERS. width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to t truss fabric to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in oil respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by Text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pudins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ter a *SIR 1B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with ^ = project engineer before use. Industry Standards: STME ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. 19, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alonesufficient.DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. M,T e k® is not sufficient. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, InstaIIkw,rMdcing of Metal Plate POWER TO PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Connected Wbod Tnlsies. ' MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 • i'I ,r 7 3 ob Tress Truss Type pty Ply Tom IzzolDo2n Res., 0care 7970 FLB FLOOR 18 1 lob R t (optional) -••-----••---••• Fort Pic,w, San_.,,,a, rau, rrmorea 6.300s Feb152006 e11Tek indusMes, Inc. I ue Jun 1913:26:572007Pane1 03.8 I1 2.6-0 i 6x8 M1120= 2x3 MII2011 1 2 3 1 24-0 2x3 M112011 3.4 MI120= 4x4 MIIM= 2.3 MIM 11 3x4 MII20= 4 5 6 0e� Scale=1:33.2 3x4 WIN= 2x3 M02011 6x8 MI120= OEM II r 0'001� 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 Sx6 MIND= 2x3 M112011 3x4 M1120- 5x6 111020= 4x5 MIND= 2.1-0 2-1.0 OPP 8.11-0 a 9-11-0 1041-019-14 9-10 O3-0 8-7-8 1-0-0 1.0.0 11.2A Plate Offsets (X,Y): 16:0-1-8.Edge7, [7A-1A 11 11 [71:0-13 Edce7 [74 0-1 8 Edael f1S0 1A Edcel LOADING (psf) TCLL 40.0 TCDL 10.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 6.0 SPACING 2-" Plates Increase 1.00 Lumber Increase 1.00 Rep Stress Incr YES Code FBC2004/rP12002 TO B W C=0.56HOrz(TL) ( in (loc) -020 13-14 -029 12 -0.04 11 Odell >999 >763 Na LId 480 480 n/a PLATES GRIP M1120 249/190 Weight: 11016 TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.3 *Except' T2 4 X 2 SYP No2D BOT CHORD 4X 2SYP No20 WEBS 4X 2SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 104" oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1036103-0,11=103610-8-0 FORCES (lb) -Maximum Compmwlon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=1081/0, 23=10i 34=107610, 44=-215510, 5-6 = 215510, 6-7=218010, 7A=218010, 8-9=1077/0, 940=107710, 10-11=108110 BOT CHORD 17-18=0/0,16-17=0/1771,15-16--w2180,14-15=0/2180,13-14=011768,12-13=010 WEBS 645=229/152,147=011403, 347=25310, 4-17=-91810, 4-16=01508, 6.16=J38/147, 6-16=-S611343,1143=011405, 9-13=25310, 8-13=912/O, 844=0/677, 7-14=31510 NOTES 1) Unbalanced Floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-" oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be ,attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between Inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.501 LOAD CASE(S) Standard ignvR1N ana READEDTE9 ANDnporcmRD4s7EEREFERERCa PADS No' D foronly with Tekco connectors.based onlycomponent. parometersyshown.antl is buil39EMmpone Design valid for useonlyenters connectors. Thisdesign Isrporaoborn irLi and component wiener -not truss sdltlign Applicability forlatralupporof t of paramentweb members proper inly. Additinolemporay bis responsibility ofbilitynuring cner-uclionstleresponre0ity shove h torero rl web Additional bracing to insu Meresponsibilityof the gor MiTek• ec erector. Additional dition perm neat permanent del of the oven Is the responsibility l the builtl building For general designer.general guidance ng control, erection and bstructurocing, consult CdfeAa, 0 BCSI1itlonce g Component safetyanfoarr oGiy co dollstorage. Truss Plate In bon B3 90rdng, Drive. dson. II S3719.Quality Cdletla, 053 a9 and 5CSI7 Building Component SmaN Inlorma8on pvolalxe hoe Trun Plate Inztitute, 583 D'Onofrio Drive. Matlison. WI 53719. 14515 N.OulKI 630 Suite p300 Chesterfield, MO 8301] Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4_ � 3/41 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-$6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. ' Plate location details available in Mtiek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 5 Numbering System dimensions shown t t scale) f caixteenths (Drawings not To scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS 0 o: O x U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 1311, 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110,84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installidcing of Metal Plate Conn .i, ci bodTrusles. © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mll-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For Wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by AN51/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSIfrPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibTty of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and sae, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pur ins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing of 10 n. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibifty of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSVIPI I Quality Criteria. Alil!w/ ' C Job Truss Type Oh Ply Tom bzo/Doran Res., floors 67970 FLC FLOOR 8 1 Job Reference o tIonall Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pi¢rce FI. 34982, Sang Chat Tan, PF-846765 6.300 s Feb 15 ZOOfi MlTek Industries,es, Inu Tue Jun 1913:26:58 2007 Pane 1 0.3-8 i1 2-6.0 I1r 1( Gas MII20= 2x3 111112011 1 2 3 0:2:0 1 2, —{ 0A� Scale=1:]].2 2x3 M112011 3.4 M1120= 3x4 111I120= 3x4 M1120= 2x3 MIME 3x4 MII20= 2x3 16102011 else M1120= 4 5 6 7 rl° 16 15 14 2x3 M112011 3x4 M1120= 3x5 Al 13 12 3x8 Mill 1-i-0 1-1-0 Or3+8 8-11-0 9-11-0 I70-11-0I 191-8 03.8 8-7.8 1-0-0 ".a 8-2-8 na.Bl _Plate Offsets IX,Y): [6:0-1-8 Edae] p:0-1-9 0-0-0] [11:0-2-2,Edoe] [74 0-1-8 Etlge] [15.0-1$ Edgel LOADING (psi) SPACING 1-" CSI DEFL in (Joe) Udell Ltd PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.43 Vert[LL) -0.21 15-16 >999 480 1111120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 SC 0.78 Vert(TL) -0.32 15 >698 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress [nor YES WB 0.57 Horz(TL) -0.05 11 n1a We BCDL 5.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 961b wmoul BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.3•Except' TOPCHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0oc purlins. T24 X 2 SYP No2D BOTCHORD Rigid billing directly applied or I0-0-0ac bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.213 WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iblsae) 1=691/03-0,11=691/0-0-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-130410, 23=130110, 34130110, 4-5=261710, 5.6=-261710, 6-7=-264910, 7-8=264910, 8-9=1305/0, 9-10=130510,10.11=130810 BOT CHORD 17-18=010,16.17=012164,15-16=012649,1415=012649,13-14=012151, 12-13=010 WEBS 645=1521103,1-17=011425, 347=150/0, 417=94310, 4-16=01512, 5-16=2251101, 11-13=0/1430, 943s149/0, 8-13=93410, 8-14=01687, 7-14=20910, 6-16=-433261 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-M oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard a � A WARN M - PeAfy deign pr vme en and READ NO7E9 0N]R 6 AND ATLUDED ffirER REFERENCE PAGE d q-T4T3 BEFORE UEE. Design valid for use only with Moak connectors, This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and k for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component B responsibility of building designer- not Just designer. Bracing shown h for lateral supped of individual web M members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure of the during construction is MiTek' stability e responsibilliN erector. AtldfionvI permanent bracing of the overall structure d the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabdeotion, quality control.storage,delivery. election and bracing. comult AN31/TH1 Quality Cdfedo,D3B-89 and 11011 Building Component Salety Inlorm4Non available from Truss Rafe Institute, 913 D'Ol Drive. Madison. WI 53719. 14515 N. Outer Forty. Suite 8300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 ' Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 II II dimensions shown t ft-in-sixteenths I� (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury g 1 Ty Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. i ci-z cza WEB$ 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p 0 O r`•� "� eiAQ- stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building Fof 4 x 2 orientation, locate U designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-Viie' from outside o- U all other interested parties. edge of (fuss. 054IX 1 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates The 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by AN51/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber it a consideration and isthe width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 of truss fabric responsibility of buss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension Is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Ly1 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing Indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: .�` ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal , ® 19, Review ail portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DS8-89: Design Standard for Bracing. ' T Me BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM."' ANSI/TPI I quality Criteria. Insta eXiii? i 4bod ru Metal Plate Connector Vbod TrusSes� � MRek Englneedng Reference Street: MII.7473 , + •""j. � T ri, Job Truss Truss Type Oty Pty Tom Izzo/Doran Res., floors 67970 FLD FLOOR 4 1 Chambers Truss Inc., Fart Pierce FI. 34982, Sang Chat Tan, PE#46765 6.300 s Job Reference o 8ona1 Feb 15 Me MITek Industries, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:26:59 20D7 Page 1 OJ-8 2.6-0 7 J 6.8 M1120= 2x3 MII2011 1 -2 - - 3 :211 240'0 I 1P:2-0 2.3 M1120 II 3.4 61I120= 4x4 MI120= 4 5 6 2x3 M112011 30 MI120= 3x6 MUD FP= 30 MII20= 7 G O ' Seald=1:34.4 3.4 M1120= 2x3 LIM 11 6x8 MI120= 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 4x8 011D0= 2x3 M62011 2x3 M020It 4x8Ill 4,05 M020= 3a5 MII20= 2-1-0 2-1.0 Or3,8 8-11-0 19.11-0 110.11-0I 19-0-6 p0 6-0 4J41 8-7-0 1-0-0 1-0-0 840-0 0-eE Plate Offsets (X,Y). [6.0 1-0,Edge], [7.0 1-8 Edge] if .0-1J Edge] [17.0-1-8 0-0-0] 118:0-1-8 Etl e] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.52 Vert(LL) -0.12 16-17 >999 480 11111120 2491190. TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.72 Vert(TL) -0.1816-17 >999 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.58 HOrz(TL) -0.04 13 me We BCDL 5.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 118 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.2D •Except• TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc puffins. T11 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.213 WEBS 4X 25YP No.3 .REACTIONS (Ibtsize) 13=107310A-0,1=1073103-0 FORCES (lb) - Maximum CompressionlMaxinum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--112310, 2J=111810, 3-0=-111810, 45=228010, 54r-2280/0, 6-7=-2350/0, 7-8=2281/0, 8.9--228110, 9-10=228110,10-11-111810,1142=111810, 12-13=112210 ;3OT CHORD 20-21=010,19-20=011856,18-19=012350,17-18=012350,16-17=012350,15-16=0/7856,14-15=010 WEBS 6-18=1641186, 747=-153/148,1-20=011458, 3-20=-252(0, 4-20=97410, 4-19=0/660, 5-19=2801121, 6-19=5711216, 13-15=011458,1145=253/0,10.15=-974/0,104"1662, 8-16=-277174, 7-16=4951192 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 1041-0 ac and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard F A wARN1Mi-ladle,d ,,"Pamme and READ R0ITS ONTHIa A rBCLUDED ffiTEff REFERFACE PAGE=-7473 BEFORE USE. pxa• Design vclid for use only with M i ek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. {i19a�1[1ell Applicability of design parementers and properincorporation of component is responsibility of building tlesigner- not auss designer. Bracing shown i�iTek' is far lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stablity during construction is the responsibility of Me erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the respomic ity of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality coneol, storage, delivery, erection end bracing, consult ANSI/rill duality Criteria, DSB-89 and Ball Building Component 14515 N. Outer Fady, Suite x300 Safety INannot on available from Truss Plate Institute, 593 D'Onchlo Drive, Madison, WI 53719. ChesteReld, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION li4-1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/15r For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'a6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In fif 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION M Numbering System I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t t f scale) III (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installjn fafcing of Metal Plate © 2006 MiTeke All Rights Reserved ..a ME MiTeka POWER To PERFORM." MDek Engineering Reference Sheet. MII.7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack matenals on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/1PI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, s'ae, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and In all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pudins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 U. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/1PI I Quality Criteria. ib Truss Truss Type City Ply Tom IaolOoran Res., floors 970 FLE FLOOR 1 1 Job Reference (pd n 0 nam0ers Times Inc., con tierce FL 34982, 6eng teal Tan, PEt146765 6.300 s.Fen 152006 MITek Industries, Inc. Tue Jun 19 13:27:012007 Page' 03-8 1 1 2-6.0 6x8 M1120= 2x3 111112011 dJJ1I 1 2 3 0-9-0I 2-" 1 2.3 MIM011 as 1002011 3x4 M020= 3x4 M020= 3x4 M1120= 3.6 1111120 FP= 3.4 M620= 4 5 6 7 V o 0-" 3.4 M1120= 2x3 MI12011 6x8 M1120= 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3x8 M1120= 2.3 M92011 2x3 1111120111 Us M1120= 3x6 M1120= 3x6 M1120= 1-1-0 1-1-0 0[3]8 B-11-0 1 941-0 11041-0. 19-9.8 p06-0 03A 8.76 14)4 144 6.10-e 066 Plate Offsets (X,Y). [6.04-e Edge] [7.0-16,Edge] [13.0-2-2,Edge] 117:04-8 9-0-0] 118:04-8 Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 14-0 CS! DEFL In (lac) Udefl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.36 VergLL) -0.21 17 >999 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.66 Vert(TL) -0.3317-18 >700 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.60 Hor2(TL) -0.05 13 nla his BCDL 5.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 102111 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.2D eExcepr TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins. T1 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 or. bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.2D WEBS 4X 2 SYP No.3 Vol REACTIONS (Ib/sae) 13=715/0-8-0,1=71510-3-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression1f11ax)mum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--1355/0, 2-3=1352/0, 34=135210, 45=-2768/0, 56=2768/0, 6-7=2856/0, 7-8=-2770M, 8-9=2770/0, 9-10=-277010,10-1l=135510,1142-135510,12-13=135810 BOT CHORD 20-21=0/0,19-20=OI2257,1849=0/2856,17-18=012856,1647=012856, 15-16=0/2257,14-15=010 WEBS 648=1071126, 7-17=1001100, 1-20=0/1481, 3-20=14910, 4-20=100110, 4.19=01565, 5.19=48lil 6-19=4421162, 1345=0/1484,1145=15110, 1045=997/0,10-16=01567, 8-16=183/52, 7-16=404/152 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requites plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 on and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1 A RAEMND-Vert(S designparameten and READ NOTES ON T7 AND INCLUDED IstTERREFERSNGB PAGE MD-7473 EEPoES OSe. vuem Design valid foruse only with MBek connectors. This design s based only upon parameters shown, and Is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of componentis responsibility of building dedgner- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction a the responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall shucture s Me responmbilty of the building designer. Forgeneml guidance regarding fabrication, quality control storage, delivery. erection and bracing. consult AN31/TP11 Gualib' Cdteda, Dill and BCSIl Building Component safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'OnoMo Drive, Madison. N7 53719. 14516 M Outer Forty, We 4300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4� 3�/\4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1/11, T For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-%6 from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate "Width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING 648 dimensions shown t t scale) (Drawings not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBEREDAERERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of The 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T. I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but dle�� reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing-&-8rdcing of Metal Plate r Connected Wbod Trusses. Cl O x U O r— © 2006 Mfrek® All Rights Reserved wMal MiTek' POWER TO PERFORM."' MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested podies. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of fruss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane of joint locations are regulated by ANSlfrPl 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pudins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility, of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/rPl 1 Quality Criteria., r ob Toss Truss Type Qty Ply Tom InolDoran Res., floors 7970 FLF FLOOR 4 1 JobR feren dust all �� -a���.o�� Truss ,,,,;., r.,,a Piercen1. 44nox, aging coal an, rrxaarw 6.300 s Feb 15 2006 MRek Industries, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:27:03 2007 Page 1 03.8 u 244 r 6x8 M1120= 1 _2—_ 22 2x3 111120 II 3x4 MIND= 3 4 OFF i 2-1-0 2x3 M02011 3x4 M020= 3x4 MI120= 3x6 M1120 FP=2x3 MIN011 s a x s 0-8-8 lc l=1:37.3 3.4 M1120= 3.4 M1120= 2x3 MIN011 6x8 M1120= 21 2019 18 17 16 15 14 3x10 MHW= 3x6 MD20 FP= 2x3 MI12011 3x5 MM= 3x10 M1120= 2x3 MU2011 3x5 MIND= 1-1-0 1-1-0 0�3A 8-11-0 19-11-010-11-0I 2148 211 03-8 8-7-8 1-00 1-0-0 tal . e IFI4 Plate Offsets (X,Y). [6.0-1-8Edge] p.0-1A Edge] [13.0 2 2 Edae] [17 0-1-8 0-0-0] [18 0-1-0 Edgel LOADING (psf) SPACING 1-" CSI DEFL in (Ioc) Odell Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.56 Vertu-0.3216-17 >795 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumberincrease 1.00 BC 0.93 Vert(TL) -05016-17 >509 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.65 HOM(TL) -0.07 13 m1a rda BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 108 It, LUMBER TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No2D *Except* T1 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD 4X 2 SYP No.21) WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0ocpuriins. BOTCHORD Rigid celling directly applied or to-"oc bracing, Except: 2-2-0 oc bracing: 18-20,1 T-1 S. REACTIONS (Ib/si2e) 13=773I0S-0,1=773103-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=147610, 23=147310, 3-0=1473/0, 4-5i=312910, 5S=-i129I0, 6-7=333210, 741=3161/0, 89=316110, 9-10=3161/0,10-11=-147810, 1142--147810,1243=148110 POT CHORD 21-22-010, 20-21=012503,19-20-0I3332,18-19=013332,17.18=0/3332,16-17=0/3332,15-16=012500,14-15-0/0 WEBS 6-18=861210, 7-17=100163,1-21=0/1614, 3-21=14610, 4-21=113810, 4-20-01692, 5-20=171/144, 6-20=-643/98, 13-15=011619,11.15=-15010,10465—113010,10-16=0/731, 946=22110, 7-16=SO4/128 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This thus requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspectio n. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-" oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed OSOOin. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ARQUOUO- Verlfydesl9nporomeKn andw,DMT85 ON Tara ANO7NCL =lrFwwJdZwACEPA 1df-7493 w)VAUT Use. tat.• Design valid for use any wiM MOek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicab0ity of design poromenters and proper Incorporation of component web 4raresponsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Mirek' k for lateral support of individual members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is Me responsibility of the erector. Mcliffond permanent bracing of the overall structure 4 Me responsibility of the bulding designer. Forgeneral guidance regarding fabrication. quality control, storage, delivery. erection and bracing, consult AN51/Irll Quality Cdlmlq 13511-89 and ball Building Component 14515 N. Offer Fairly. Suite 1g00 Solely Information available from Truss Rate Imtitute, SM D'Onofdo Nye, Madison, WI 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _11- 4-1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in R-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -'/16r i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1h6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. ' Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 sofhvare or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System ( 6-4-8 i dimensions shown tft-in-sixteenths II"jl (Drawings not to scale) o: O 2 U o- O r— JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 1311, , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: - National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing-83racing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ❑ O U U O © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek' POWER TO PERFORM." MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted. moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purtins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type pry Ply Tom I.ofDomn Res., floors 67970 FLG FLOOR 2 1 Job Reference o flonal Chambers.Tmss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982, Sang Chat Tan, PEg46765 6.300 s Feb l5 2006 Milek Intlusmes, Ine. Tue Jun 19 13:27:04 20W Pagel 03-8 2.6.0 1 6x8 MII20= 2.3 M82011 1 2 3 0f 9-01i 2.1-0 2x3 M1120II 3x4 MI120= 3x4 M1120= 4.4 MI120= 3x6 M1120 FP=2W M112011 6 5 6 7 8 9 0.8A Scat=1:37.3 3x4 l6l 3x4 511120= 2x3 Mum 11 6.8 M1120= 10 11 12 u 0 Nor r \ I 11ho- 22 21 211 19 Is 17 16 15 14 4x8 MII20= live 1111I20 FP= 2x3 MU2011 3x5 MI120= 4xe MM= 2x3 M112011 4x5 M020= 2-1-0 21.0 OL3j8 &11-0 9-11-0I70.11-0 z1-4-8 �z 1-0 035 8-75 1440 7-0-0 105-8 0-03 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [6:04-8 Edae], [7:0-1-8,Edge] [13:043 Edge] [17.0-1.8 0-0-0] [19.0-1-8 Edae] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loe) Well Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.80 Vert(LL) -0.2416-17 >999 480 1111120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber increase 1.00 Be 0.91 Vert(TL) .0.341647 >744 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress [net YES WB 0.64 HOrx(TL) .0.06 13 We n1a BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004r P12002 (Matrix) Weight: 124 lb LOMMER - BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.213'Except' TOP CHORD Structure[ wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins. Ti 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T44 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.2D'Excepr 1314X2SYPSS WEBS 4X 2SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iblsiw) 13=116010-0-0,1=1160103-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-122310, 23=121810, 3-4=-121810, 4-5=257810, 5-0=257810, 6-7=274210, 7-8=-260310, 8-9=-260310, 9-10=260310, 10-11=422010,11-12-- =010, 12-13=122410 BOT CHORD 21-22--010, 20-21=012058,19-20=012742,18-19=D12742,17-18=012742,16-17ro12742,15-16=012056,14-15=010 WEBS 6-19=-1341319, 747--453196,1-21=011588, 3-21=25010, 4-21=110910, 4-20=01687, 5-20=2571205, 6-20=-8341132, 13-15=OR591,11-15=25510,1045=110310, lG46=or722, 946=33310, 746=-0921127 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered forthis design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2X6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between Inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed OS001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard t A WARN Verify AeOgnyaeameeenaMN MTMONTMANOINCLOOBD4nTP4r FER8 PAGEM -7473B8MV VS11 Design vafd for use only with MOek connectors. rub design is based orly upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicablily of design pommenters and proper incorpomtion of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown 4lorlateroi support of individual web members only. Additional tempararym bcing to huure stability during construction h the respomibillily of the MiTek• erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure b me naMndblity of the building designer. for general guidance regarding fabrication. qualityconirol,storage. delivery,erection and bracing. consult ANSMI1 Ouu1M9 Crtferia,OSB-99 and 11011 Wiling Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onofro Drive. Madison, N0 M719. 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suile y00 chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION + 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. �/ldr j i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-"tie' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in MRek 20/20 software or upon request. IJI_\II4&1tA4 The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I 6-4-8 i dimensions shown tscale) sixteenths III (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-I9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing-&-Brcicing of Metal Plate Connected Wbod Trusses. © 2006 MTekO All Rights Reserved MiTek® POWER TO PERFORM - MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated ore minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of on engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. ' Al Job True Truss Type City Ply]TobMR'ZZ'o'�DomnRets.."nflm,r;67970 FLH FLOOR 1 c„»e1---cl 1...I c..__,---1-_ e=..— al 0-M F 2-" Y .1 6x8 MI120= . 2x3 M112011 1 2 3 0.� 2-1-0 2x3 MB2011 3x4 M1120= 4010820= 4 6 6 ..++..= reu,aauuomuawmuusmes,mc. snedunlslru:uozuur rages 3x4 MIRO= 3x6 00120 FP=2x3 MI12011 7 8 9 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 4x8 M1120= 3x6 MM FP= 2x3 MUM 11 3.5 MlIW= 2x3 LM2011 4x5 M1120= 601410=1:37.2 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M112o= 3x4 M1120= 2x3 161112011 6x8 MI120= 10 11 11 11 15 14 4x8 MI120= 2-1-0 2-1-0 Or3]8 8-11-e 19-11-0110-11-01 214-8 21 9,0 0J-0 8.7.8 ibl-0 141i1 10 r— -0- Plate Offsets (X,Y): [6:04-8,Edge] [7:0-1-I,Edge] [12:0-" Edges [13:0-1-3 Edge] [17:0.1-8 0-0-0] 1`19,04-8 Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DER in (toc) I/deg L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.80 VergLL) -024 1647 >999 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.91 Vert(n) -0,341647 >744 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Inch YES WB 0.64 Horx(TL) -0.06 13 n1a n1a BCDL 5.0 Code F13C2004/rP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 124In LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No2D'Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. T1 4 X 2 SYP N0.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP N0.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP SS'Except' B2 4 X 2 SYP N0.21) WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ibf I,:e) 13=116010-",1=116010-3-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-122310, 2J=121810, 3-0=-121810, 4-5=257810, 6-0=257810, 6-7=-2742/0, 7-8=2603/0, 8-9--2603/0, 9-10=260310,10-11=-1220/0,11-12-422010,12-13=1223/0 BOT CHORD 21-22=010, 20.21=0/2058,19-20=012742,18.19=0/2742,174 8=012742,16-17=012742,15-16=012055,14-15-010 WEBS 6-19=134/319, 747=153196, 1-21=0/1588, 3-21=-25010, 4-21=1109/0,4-20=0/687, 6-20=2571205, 6-20=-83M732, • 13-15=0/1591,1145=255N, 10-15=1103/0,10-16=O1722, 9-16=13310, 7-16=4921121 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this trues is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, an edge, spaced at 10-M oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between Inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wA m.pertrydeslgnparvme[snand NEMTEEONTNI3ANDI UDBDM =E FEeE PAOE=7473EEF 113E. IS Design valid for use only ydth Mifek connectors. This design is based any upon parameters sho", and is for on individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper Incorporation of component is respormofty of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown we 6 for lateral support of indivduol b members only. Additional temporary Lacing to Insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of Me erector. Additioncl permanent bracing of the overall structure a the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding _M_iTek' fabrication, quality control.storage, defvery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/IPII Duality CMedo. DSB-09 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Sufte 8300 Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 5B3 D'Onofllo Drive. Madison, WI 53719. Cheste,field, MO SIDE Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4 1 3/43\/4� Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 7 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'n6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LEIrERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERSAIFITERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: Ly/ 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 311, , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPIT: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing -&$rating of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 04 O x U O r © 2006 Mirek® All Rights Reserved MiTek" POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/IPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/IPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, sae, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. IS. Use of green or heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Tmss Type Oty Ply Tam Izzo/Doian Res-, floors 67970 FLI FLOOR 1 1 Jab Relerenca a anal Chambers Truss Ine., Fort Plerae FI. 34982, Seng Chal Tan, PEV46765 6.300 s Feb 15 2006 MITak Intlushles, Inc. Tua Jun 19 13:27:08 2007 PaAe t 0.3-8 H 2-6-0 9 • 4x6 M02011 2x3 MUM 11 1 2 3 i 2-54 , 2-" 2-11.0 li 11 3.4 M M= 2a3 MUM It 3x4 M1120= 3x4 MUM= 2x3 MUM 11 4 5 6 7 16 a 4 tale=1:33.5 4,06 MUM 11 r1i 17 16 2x3 MUM 11 4.6 M1120= 15 14 13 12 11 3x5 MUM= 2x3 10112011 2x3 M112011 4x6 MII20= 2x3 MII201I 2-1.0 2-1-0 qa,e 10-941 111-9-0 112-9-0 1 18-641 1g�-0 OJ-0 10541 1-0-0 t-0-0 5-941 n.ea Plate Offsets (X,Y). [1.0J-0 Edge] [6.0 1-0 Edge] [7 0-1-8 Edae] [10 OJ-0 Edge] [11 0-1-8 Edge] f13,0 l-8 0-0-01 [74.01-0 Edgel LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.84 Vert(LL) -0.30 14-15 >717 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.67 Verl -0.4314-15 >502 480 BOLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.54 Horz(1L) -0.03 10 n1a nla BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004fIP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 109 lb LUMULK BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.3'Excelar TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0oc puffins, T2 4 X 2 SYP No213 except end verticals. BOT CHORD 4X 2 SYP SS BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-" oc bracing. WEBS 4X 2 SYP No.3 •1 REACTIONS (flu/sae) 1=997/OJ-0,1"97flil FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompresslonlMaximum Tension TOPCHORD 1-17=0111,1041=0/28,1-2=ID4810,2J=-1042/0,34=-1042(0,4-5=206110,5-6=-206110,6-7=190110,748=101810, 848=101810,8-9=401810, 9-10=102410 BOT CHORD 16-17=010,1546=0/1687,14-15=011901,1344=0N901,1243=0119D1,1142=0/0 WEBS 644=-243I17,146=011346, 3.16=-26510, 4.16=85110, 415�1494, 5-15=-37210, 6-15=2051388, 10-12=0I7315, 842=296151, 7-12--409110, 7-13=01272 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each thus with 346d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between Inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1 A wARMNO-Verlfydeslenpnrvmere,anMpa MT85ONTN(a ANDr WD&DMITSNNEPP.RENOa PAGB=.7473BarONa USa. Design valid for use on"th MOek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. ME Applicability, of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component 6 responsibility of building designer- nottruss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members any. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction h the responsibillity of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, aoroge,delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSIl1PI1 OuaBM Cnteria,DSB-89 and BCSII Bulldog Component Safely Information available horn Truss Plate Institute. 583 D'Onohb Drive. Madison, N W719. 14515 N. Outer Fogy, Butte 9300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _�IL�(�� 3/4Center plate on joint unless x, y 3�/\4 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t tscale) f caixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss 'III 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. �+f W diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS vide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. i cirz cza WEB$ 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p O= �y� 0 stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U rj, b a: designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'he' from outside o_ u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 p C)� Cb] CSE 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. F BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 sofhvare or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%, at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING ATTHE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber is n consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 t f truss fabric responsibility of buss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that -7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® �., 18. Use of green or heated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with ^ .. project engineer before use. Industry Standards: rYi ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19, Review all portions of this design 'front, back, words pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. s nor sufficient. is n DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.- ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing -&,Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII.7473 , � r Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply Tom laolDoran Res., Ooors 67970 FU FLOOR 5 1 Job Reference 1 e0 n p Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce rl. 44984, aging anal Ian. YtA46760 5.300 s Feb 15 2006 MITeklndustries, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:27:10 2007 Panel 4 • 4x6 M112011 2x3 M112011 1 2 3 17 16 2x3 M112011 4x6 M1120= 25-6 2-M 2-11-0 I. I. I 3.4 MIM = 2.3 Ma2011 3.4 MI120= 3x4 MI120= 2x3 51112011 4 5 6 7 a 0-M 6c21e=1:33.6 4x6 MII20 11 9 tm 15 14 13 12 11 3x5 M1120= 2x3 M112011 20 MI12011 4.6 Man— 20 M112011 2-1-0 2 1-0 0[3]6 10.9.0 1 11.9-0 1 12.9-01 18-6-8 19:34 0-3.8 105-9 1-0-0 1-0-0 6-9-8 a-" Plate Offsets (X,Y): [1:DJ-0Edge] [6.04-8 Edge] iP0-1-0 Edae] [10:O-M Edce] [71-04-B Edce] [13.0 1-80-0-0] [14.O 1-0 Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Well L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.84 Vert(LL) -0.30 14-15 >717 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.67 Vert(TL) -0A314-15 >502 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.64 Hom(TL) -0.03 10 Na rda BCDL 5.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight 1101b LUMBER TOP CHORD 4X 2 SYP No.3 *Except T2 4 X 2 SYP No.20 BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP SS WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, except end verticals. 130T CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. REACTIONS fits e) 1=99710-3-0, 10=99710-0-0 FORCES (Its)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-17=0111, 1041=0128,1-2=104810, 2J=-104210, 3-0=104210, 4-5=-206110, 5-0=206110, 6-7=190110, 7-8=-101810, 8-9=401810, 9-10=102410 ROT CHORD 16-17=010,15-16=011687,14-15=011901,13-14=011901,12-13-011901,1142=010 WEBS 644=243117, 743=01272,146=0M346, 3-16--26510, 4-16=-85110, 4-15=01494, 5-15=37210, 6.15=2051388, 1042=011315, 6-12=296150, 7-12=109010 NOTES 1) Unbalanced Boor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500m. LOAD CASE(S) Standard a � a T design REaDN➢76 DS A a P4➢BMn r973 Dgcom alma; Design Walk Design valid for use onlpara Mgekcon based connectors.arameters and is component, upon paraDeD4shovv, is neon pt dlsign component, aft sual Applicability proper Incomsiglionof omp Is building esignir -not truss pammalvveb and proper lnly. ofbiitdngconr-nction mentem 4tleresp.Bracingshown ¢upend of forotsupport of Addtlonofcompolly bracing to web members only. Additional al temporary bracing to Insure ygneng construction n i Me respgardiing of Me Is for tor. M!Tek� A permanent me renssuff lity of the building designer. Far general guidance building designer. erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structurebra i g Como ationy ovar control, storage, delivery, erectbn and bracing. com.At ssen, PII 3719. Cdterla, DSS-a9 and 6CSI1 ea041ng Component Safety Information Safety IMormaaon available from Truss Plate Institute. 563 D'Onofrio Drive. Modeon, WI53719. Outer Forty, Suite a300 CluoU fi ChesteR�elq M083017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _0 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y W offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 11- Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. �/1dr i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available in MITek 20/20 soQware or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. MN 14 : L114 : LT61 I : LH (016 YA I M 2 Numbering System I 64'8 I dimensions shown incaixfeenihs II�II (Drawingsscale) not to scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: '7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/rPl1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing_& Srocing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved Mz MiTek* POWER TO PERFORM.- MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet'. Mll-7473 ® General Safety (dotes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or altemofive T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss of each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/rPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, sae, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and In all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purrins provided of spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing of 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/rPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Dry Ply Tom IaglDordn Res., floors 67970 FLK FLOOR 4 1 Job Reference (optional) �•_••••__ •��^ •� .�_••_�•••^_ •. = 9�•= ,� ••^^•�•• b.JaeSi-elll LINb MIlexlatlasme9,ma. Tue Jan1913:2f:l2Zee1 Paget 0.3-8 Fi-- 2.6.0 —I , 2-1-0 2.1-8 I 100--8.8 1:35.0 Y 2x3 M02011 6.8 MII20= 6.9 1 2x3 MI12011 3x4 MII20= 31d6 M1120 FP= 3x4 MII20= 2z3 MIITD I I ]z4 MII20= 2z3M82011 3x4 M1120= 1 2 3 d 5 6 7 e 9 10 11 12 1 d W W 10 1 W1 - 19 18 17 16 15 4.8 M1120= 3z5 M1120= 2x3 M112011 3x4 Mll 2-" Opp 10.9-0 1 11-9-0 1 12-9 03-8 105-8 1-0-0 1-0-0 14 13 4x8 M1120= 2-1-0 r04-8 30-10-0 7d-0 O55 Plate Offsets(X,Y): [7:04-8,Edne] B:O-1.8.0-0-0],[12:0-1J,Edge] [15:0-1-8,Edoe] [76:0-1-8Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) edefl Lrd PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.89 Vert(LL) -0.30 16-17 >788 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.62 Vert(TL) -0.4216-17 >563 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.60 Hom(TL) -0.05 12 rda Na BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004I P12002 (Matrix) Weight: 114 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.2D*Except' TOPCHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0oc purlins. T1 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP SS WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 4 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=10911030,12-109110-8-0 FORCES (lb) -Maximum ComprassionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--4W10, 23=-114010, 3-0=114010, 45=237310, 5-0=237310, 6-7=-237310, 7-8=237710, 8-9=237710, 940=1144/0, 10-11=414410,11-12=114710 BOT CHORD 1849=010,17-18=011896,1647=0/2377,15-16-012377,14.15=011898,1344=010 WEBS 7-16=176157, 8-15=389f% 1-18=011487, 3-18=25810, 4-1"9810, 4-17=01630, 6-17=J6610, 7-17=381)257, 12-14=OH492,10-14--26610, 944=-99610, 945=01800 NOTES 1) Unbalanced Boor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 sf]ongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10.0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. LOAD CASE(S) Standard w4RHIN parvmerena,N REAn NOTx9 f493 Hg only se onlycoarj^eaB. Design valid for use only Wtb anERENCEPADSdua D forMBek connectors. Thisrporat isbof uponparameterscomponent. onlyuponparameters shown, antl is loran Ir-not ra Mis design rsantlproperincoryomtionptpomcingonsimur of ner- nafirusstlesigsponsi tingshown component abalsu isfoApprl pordest ofparvidual of the u for lateral support ofIndividualwebmombe bflity udng only.11 tluringar theuilding Wek' overas lgiidane regardingllity building designer. r.FgrganemlgurlantegComlog Me o es general stctiornl Me erector Atltlitionol permanent bradrgaltheoctiona .4515m /abritation. quality Control d II 0oa0ty criteria, D65-59 and 5C511 Bu0tlln9 Component consult ANSI/Mll erection antl bracing, consult and bracing, chest N.Outer Outer or Suite 4300 lalefr Inlorma8on available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onoftlg Drive. MbtliSon, WI53719. Plate ison, chesterfield. M063017 630 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4� 3/\4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/lSr 7— For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-146' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. IJWA1#*9Y4; The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BMW �IM, Numbering System ( 6-4-8 dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths I (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI I: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing &-Brdcing of Metal Plate Connected Nbod Trusses. © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved *ANN �iif MiTeV POWER To PERFORM." MUek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice Is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Jo Truss oty Ply Tom IzzofDordn Res., floors 67970 FLL �Tmss`rype FLOOR 2 1 I J bRf Ipdnll •--•-••--•••••-v•-•-• •••••-•••-�-- ••a-•••••••••+•�•f•••••••• 0.aw5reDl4ZaUUM]IexlnDUSmeS,Inc. IUe Jml5l3:Z7:1420W Pagel OJ-8 r-I 2-6.0 I 2F 7-0 II 2-3-8 I 0-6-0 8ce1 =1:36.2 2x3 M1120 It 3x4 MI120= 6x8 MD20= - 6,011011211 2x3 M1120 11 3.4 M1120= 3x6 MI120 FP= 2x3 M1120 11 3x4 M1120= 20 MIMB 11 3x4 MI120= 1 2_ 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1D 11 12 *4 [%MN- 'E u 20 19 18 17 16 15 4x8 M1120= 3x6 M112D FP= 2x3 M1120 II 3x4 M1120= 3x5 MI120= 14 13 4.8 MM= 2-1-0 2-1-0 0.3.8 10-9.0 �11-9-0112-9-0. 20.9-8 F1-6� G-M 105-0 1-0-0 1411411 8-0.8 0-9-8 Plate Offsets (X Y)• [7.0-1-0 Edge][B:0-1-0 0-0-0] [12-0-1-3 Edge] [15:0.1-a Ed e] [16,0 1-8 Ed e] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CS] DEFL In (loc) Udell Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.94 Vert[LL) -0.36 16-18 >680 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumberincrease 1.00 BC 0.66 Veri(TL) -0.5016-18 >497 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WE 0.62 HOrz(TL) -0.05 12 Na plat BCDL 5.0 Code FSC2004ffP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 116111 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.213 *Except TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2.2-0 oc purlins. T1 4 X 2 SYP No.3, T4 4 X 2 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP SS *Except* B7 4 X 2 SYP No.20 WEBS 4 X 2 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 1=112810-M,12=112a10-8-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompresslonlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-118810, 2-0=118310, 3-4=-119310, 4.5=250110, 5i=-25oliO, 6-7=250110, 7-8=2553/0, 8-9=255310, 1. 94 0=118510,10-11-1185f0,1142=1189/0 CBOT CHORD 19-20=010,18-19=011981,1748=012553,1647=012553,1546=OM553,14-15=011994,1344=0N WEBS 7-16=176f71,149=011542, 3-19=-257/0, 4-19=105410, 4-18=01687, 54"74I0, 748=-449/228,12-14=011546, 1044--26910, 9-14=4055/0, 945=01868, 845=-38610 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection perthe Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 346d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between Inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASE(S) Standard e A WA21ruyO- PerirDdeagnparvmahnaMePADMMONTMSAIyD UDBDMITSx FERSNUSPAGEM 747389Mna USEL �• Design valid for use only with Mnek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation olcamponent is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is forlaterol support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure nablity during construction is the responsibility of Me MiTek• erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure D the resporlsblity of the builtling designer. Far general guidance regardirg .o.ewro ea. - labncation, quality control, storage, dervary, erection and bracing, consult AN51/TPII Oualey War, Dil and BCul Building Component 14515 N. Outer Fomt Suite 0300 safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Ono010 Drive. Madaon, WI 53719. ChesteReld, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _11- 4-1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. T i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1h6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t t scale) f sixteenths III (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LERERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T,1 or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110,84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Install(ng,88racing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' O K O U U O r— © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek' POWER TO PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSON 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Oty ply Tom lzzo/Domn Res., floors 67970 FILM FLOOR 3 1 Job Reference foutionart h OJ-8 6,11 MII20= 1 —2-- 16 1-2-8 23.8 2x3 MII2011 3x4 M1120= 2x3 M112011 2x3 MB2011 3 4 5 6 e.awareusot uomnunmau6ales, me. s ue Jun l614:z(n*zVVy Fagot 0-8 8� Seale - 1:29.1) 3x4 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 2x3 1111120 11 6.8 M1120= 7 a 9 to 15 14 13 12 11 Us M1120= 3x4 M1120= 3x4 Sl 4x6 M1120= �I 2-1-0 2-1-D 93f 6-9.0 7-9-0 1 8-9-0 1 16.9-0 _117.6-0 03.8 6-" 1-0-0 1.0.0 6.0-8 0-8-8 Plate Offsets IX,vI: [5:0-1-8,Edge], [6:0-1-8 0-0-0], [10:043 Edge] [73:0-1.6 Etlge] [74.0-1-0 Edge] LOADING (pat) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (hoc) Vdefi Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.83 Vert(L-) -0.25 12-13 >802 ' 480 11111120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumberincrease, 1.00 BC 0.61 Vert(TL) -0.361243 >567 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.49 Horz(TL) -0.03 10 me 111a BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight 95 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No.3 *Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 or. purlins. T24 X 2 SYP No.2D BOTCHORD Rigid railing directly applied or 10-0-0oc bracing. BOT CHORD 4X 2 SYP N0.213 WEBS 4X 2SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=908/03-0,10=90810-8-0 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2-93710, 23=93210, 3-4=-93210, 4-5=167310, 5-6=167310, 6-7=467310, 7-8=-92610, 8-"2610, 9-10=930/0 BOT CHORD 15-16=010,14.15=011471,13-14=ON673,1243=011471,1142=010 WEBS 5-14=-41510,1-15=0H215, 3-15=27210, 4-15=-71110, 4-14-01597, 10.12=0/1208, 8-12=24510, 7-12=71810, 7-13=0/447 , 643=22510 NOTES 1) Unbalanced Boor live loads have been considered forthis design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 346d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. + LOAD CASE(S) Standard a A WARM1yn-9erlfy design yaameren and READ M3TFS ONTWS AND rnCLODED M17rJr IlEffiRENCEPA68 Mq-99TJ BEiORE U3E. ®e3- Design valid foruseonly withm7ekconnectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Yrlffl Applicability of design paramenteis and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of binding designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of indivitlual web members arty. Additional temporary bracing to insure stabs ity during construction hire respomibnlityof the Wek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the resporsNity, of the building designer. For general guidance regarding - fabrkatlon, qualitycontrol. slomge, delivery, erection end bracing. consult ANSI/rPll quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BC511 Building Component Safety Information available from Two Plate Institute, 583 D'Onofrio Drive, Madison, VA 5 719. 14515 N. Outer FoM• Suite 000 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4_1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1he' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System ( 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t t scal e) II"TI (Drawings not o scale) o: O x U 0- 0 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LErrERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: '7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 5 t•_1 Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing.& -Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 0 O U U o_ O © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeV POWER To PERFORM." MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on Inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 it. spacing. or less, If no ceiling is Installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. or Job Truss Truss Type City �lly Tom Iuo/Dorsn Res., Floors 67970 FLN FLOOR 2 1 Job Reference (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982, Seng Chat Tan, PE1N6765 6.300 s reD 15 2006 MITek Industries, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:27:17 2007 panel OJ-8 1 1 2-6.0 1 6x8Ifil 2X3 M112011 1 2 3 1-28 2-3-8 3X4 Bill 2x3 MI12011 2X3 M112011 4 S 6 0-0A� Scale-1:29.0 3x4 Mn20= 3x4 M1120= 2x3 MII2011 6xB Bull 7 a 4 /� i �r_�ii�r_r.im�r.��r.i r.�r_r_ s �.. �' V 16 15 3x8 M1120= 14 13 3x4lunil 3x41111120= 12 11 axe Il 1-1-0 1-1-0 9-31 69 7-9-0 1 8-9-0 1 16-98 A76-0I 08-8 658 14-0 1-0.0 8-08 n.na Plate Offsets IX Y): [5:04-8 Edge] [6:0-18 041-0] [10:0-2-2 Edge] [13:0-18 Edge] [14.0 18 Edae] LOADING (psf) SPACING 1-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0S5 Veri(LL) -021 1243 >939 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.63 Vert(TL) -0.3212-13 >624 480 SCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.60 Horz(TL) -0.03 10 Na rda BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004ITP12002 (Matrix) Weigh: 841b LUmGLK TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP N0.3 eExcept- T2 4 X 2 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No2D WEBS 4X 2 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 cc purlins. BOTCHORD Rigid Calling directly applied or 10-0-0cc bracing, -REACTIONS (lblsize) 1=605/0-M,10=605108-0 FORCES (Ibs)- Maximum Compression/Mattimum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=1113010, 2J=-112710, 3-4 -112710, 45=203210, 58=203210, 6-7=2032/0, 78=112310, 8-9=1123/0, 9-10=-112510 4BO7 CHORD 15-16=010,14-15=011788,1344=012032,12-13=0/1789,11-12=010 WEBS 5-14=27610, 1-15=011235, 345=16210, 4-15=73010, 4.14-01498,1042-011230, 8-12=44610, 7-72=73610, 743=01453 643=-14910 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 cc and fastened to each truss with 34 Scl nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. ,LOAD CASE(S) Standard e A WARNFNo-P<ri/y tleaiyn parameters a,d R84D AO7890N 7Dfe AND nympaSDairrss R8rERENCa PAGE=-74ra ➢6raR,uss, Design volid for use only with Miles, connectors. This design B based ody upon parameters shown, and Is for on individual building component. MU Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not huss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to imure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall shucNm is the responsibility of the bultling designer. Forgeneml guidance regarding _MiTek- - fabricotion,quolitycontrol,storage,delnery,erectbnandbracing.comult AMIIWII Qualay Criteria,DSB-89 and Ball Building Component Safety Informal available from Truss Plate Institute. 583 D'Onofdo Drive. Madison, WI 53719. 1 15 N.er 10.515 N.Outer Forty, Suite p300 outer h 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION ► 3/4� 3/\4 ` Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. �/ldr L L For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1114' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System i 6-4-8 i dimensions shown t t scale) (Ill (Drawings not to scale) 0 O M U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing-8 Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O W O U O © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeko POWER TO PERFORM.- MlTek Engineering Reference Sheet. Mll-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling Is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteda. 3b Truss Tim is Tyke any Ply Tom IuolDomn Res., floors r970 FLO FLOOR 12 1 Job Reference 1 st q .,,_,,,.,ersTruss „ Pie rce n.,wu ., aeny sorer Tan, reaaareo 6.300s Feb 152006 MRaklndustrles, Inc. Tue Jun 1913:27:182007 Page 03.8 I I 2-" 6.8 M1120= 2.3 M112011 1 2 3 1_ 2.8 1 2-0-0 i 13-8 3x4 MI@0= 2.3 MI12011 3.4 M1120= 2.3 M112011 4 5 a 7 3.4 MI120= 6x8 M1120= Scale 6cale-1:22.3 OR No ��Rr l■ ■ ■ ���r� 1i NSA krtlt�t�r tttttttttttt�IT��� 15 14 13 12 11 ]x6 MII20= 3x4 Mn20= 2x3 51112011 Us M1120= 10 1.1-0 i-1-0 93-e 6-9.0 I 7.9-0 I 8-9.0 I 12 9-B 134i-0 0-3-86541 1-M 1-0-0 "A n o 0 4 q Plate Offsets (X,YI. [5.04-8 Edge] [6.04-8 EdOe] [9.0-2-2 EdOe] [1210-1-8 0-0-01 [13.0 1-8 Edae] LOADING (psf) SPACING 14-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Odell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) -0.101344 >999 480 M1120 2491190 TCDL 10.0 Lumberincrease 1.00 BC 0.44 Vert(TL) -0.151344 >980 480 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.36 Horz(TL) -0.01 9 n/a n1a BCDL 5.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 66 lb LUMUlch TOP CHORD 4 X 2 SYP N0.3 •Except• T2 4 X 2 SYP No2D BOT CHORD 4 X 2 SYP No20 WEBS 4X 2 SYP No.3 Vol REACTIONS (Ib/size) 1=45810J4, 9=45810-e-0 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc puffins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M cc bracing. FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-02010, 2J=-01710, 3-0=-61710, 4L=-112310, 5-6=112310, 6-7=79910, 7$=79910, 8-9=80210 BOT CHORD 14-15=010,1344=011164,1243=011123,11-12-011123,10-11=o10 WEBS 5-13=86141, 642=7185,1.14=01894, 3-14=163/0, 4-W-37310, 4-13=-1251147, 9-11=0/875, 7-1 i=129f74, 641=-49410 NOTES 1) Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 3) Recommend 2x6 strongbacks, on edge, spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-16d nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 4) Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.5001n. LOAD CASES) Standard La A WArtN1NG-Ver(fydeMgape,vmetenaMNFADNOTE30NTTD8ANDINCLUDDDffi REPERE PAGB=-74T38a1'ORSUSD. Design valid for use only with MOek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incomomflon of component is mspondbility, of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during coretruchon k the responsibillity of the MiTek- erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structureu the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding .oaea.e.ewm..,- fabrication, quaftycontrol, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPll Quality Glteda,DSS-59 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N. Other Farts, Suite 0300 Safety Information avoiloble from Two Plate Institute, 5B3 OOno510 Dive, t4aQson. N153719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-'hdr 7 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-IN" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 648 I I dimensions shown t ft-inixteenths (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T. I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing &Bracing of,Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved i...® MAwR ATMFI MiTeV POWER To PERFORM.`" MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for two system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See 8CSI1. 2. Two bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this two design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of two fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientatton and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter two member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/rPI 1 Quality Criteria. 1978-2007 29 Years of Service CHAMBERS TRUSS INC 3105 Oleander Avenue, Fort Pierce, Florida 34982-6423 Fort Pierce 772-465-2012 Stuart 772-286-3302 Vero Beach 772-569-2012 FAX 772-465-8711 www.chamberstruss.com / mail@chamberstruss.com 800-551-6932 Anywhere For-61G15-31.003 section 5 where a Truss Design Engineer seals the Truss Design Drawings. JOB NUMBER 67969 PROJECT/ADDRESS DORAN RESIDENCE COUNTY SAINT LUCIE TRUSS COMPANY CHAMBERS TRUSS INC BUILDING CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2004 OCCUPANCY II:Non Restrictive BUILDING DEPARTMENT City of PORT ST LUCIE COMPUTER PROGRAM USED 6.3 Feb 152006 MiTek TIC LIL TIC DIL BIC LIL BIC D/L TOTAL DURATION ROOF LOAD 30 15 10' 10 65 1.33 FLOOR LOAD 40 10 0 5 55 1.00 WIND SPEED: 145 WIND DESIGN: ASIDE 7-2002'=Non-Concurrent This package includes this truss index sheet and 43 truss drawings. BCSI 1-03 replaces HIB-91 in truss drawing references as of 111/04. As witness my seal,l hereby certify that I am the Truss Design Engineer and this index sheet conforms to 611315-31.003, of the Florida Board of Professional Engineers, where a Truss Design Engineer seals truss engineering drawings. The seal on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely of the truss components shown. Sealing engineer is the Truss Design Engineer as defined by '•'61 GI5-31.003. The suitability and use of this component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer, per ANSIlrPI 1-1995 Section 2. NO TRUSS ID DATE NO TRUSS ID DATE NO TRUSS ID DATE, NO TRUSS ID DATE 1 A 06/28/07 2 Al 06/28/07 3 A2 06/28/07 4 A3 06/28/07 5 B 06/28/07 6 C 06/28/07 7 Ct 06/28/07 8 C2 06/28/07 9 C3 06/28/07 10 C4 06/28/07 11 C5 06/28/07 12 C6 06/28/07 13 - C7 06/28/07 14 C8 06/28/07 15 C9 06/28/07 16 D 06/28/07 17 D1 06/28/07 18 E 06/28/07 19 E1 06/28/07 20 E2 06/28/07 21 GRA 06/28/07 22 GRB 06/28/07 23 GRC 06/28/07 24 GRD 06/28/07 25' GRE 06/28/07 26 J1 06/28/07 27 J3 06/28/07 28 J5 06/28/07 29 J7 06/28/07 30 JA 06/28/07 31 JB 06/28/07 32 JC 06/28/07 33 KJ3 06/28/07 34 KJ7 06/28/07 35 KJA 06/28/07 36 V12 06/28/07 37 V16 06/28/07 38 V20 06/28/07 39 V24 06/28/07 40 V4 06/28/07 41 V8 06/28/07 42 VA 06/28/07 43 VB 06/28/07 IMPORTANT NOTE: Contractor/Truss Installer is to install bracing to prevent collapse of trusses. Refer to TPI/WTCA "Building Component Safety Information" for handling and bracing of trusses. Apply plywood sheathing as trusses are installed to brace the top chords. Do not stand on trusses until trusses are braced per BCSI & properly nailed to straps & hangers. • seng.Chai Tan, FL Lic 4146765 345 Alhambra PL a' west Palm Beach, FL 33405 Mnek Industries, Inc. FL Cert.#6634 JUL 0 2 2007 A WAR-VcWyde gnyaromete dNEAPNOTE ONTEBAMIACEOpEpffiTERREFERE PAOEMQ74M=MR US4. �• Design valid for use only with Mnek connectors. This design B based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer -not truss designer. BracinJd st'Mite k' Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the respomiblllity ofthe erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure h the respormbity of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control.storage.delivery. erection and bracing, consult ANSIfrPl10uallty criteria, DSB•89 and BCSII Buntline Component 1,l515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 000 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 583 D'Onofdo Drive, Madison, wl 53719. chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4 1 3/e Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. bol Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. t Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/Tdr T i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'14' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING Numbering System I 6-4-8 idimensions shown t tsca le) III (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: by Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connbcted Wgod Trusses. © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved ii.m. ME MiTeko POWER TO PERFORM.' MDek Engineering Reference Sheet: MU-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber Is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and sae, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing Indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI T Quality Criteria. Job Truss buss Type Dh' Ply Tom Iuo/Doran Residence 67969 A HIP 1 1 JbRfarec (options Chambers Truss Ub:du, r creme n..wvo<, aging was son, Yr-wwrtiS 6300 s Feb 16 2006 MITek Intlustrles, Ina Thu Julpy8d2:41:00 2007 Pape 7 3, 24-0 11-0-0 17-0-0 265-0 28-0-0 24-0 e$-0 6-" 86-0 Scale =1:49.1 5x8 M1120� Sail Mlc!o� 4.0D 12 3 4 n to 9 e 3x6 M1120II 3x4 M020= 4x6 M1120= 2r3 Man) If 3x4 MUM= 3x6 M02011 h3 M112011 0-0-0 0-0-0 24-0 1 55-1 11-0-0 1 17-0-0 226-15 2660 28-0-0 24-0 344 56-16 ".a 64-15 3-14 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [1:0-344,0-1-8] [3:04-0,0.2-6] [4.0-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 8defl Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.66 Vert(LL) -0.52 8-9 >538 360 MU20 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.62 Vert(IL) -0.73 9-11 >386 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WS OAS Hor2(TL) 0.05 7 his n1a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20D4ITPI2OO2 (Matrix) Weight 106 On LUMNbH TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS 'Except' T2 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BQT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS S 2X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ill 13=1540/041-0, 7=154010-8-0 Max Hors 13=104(load rase 5) Max Upltft13=-981(load case 3), 7=981(load case 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural mod sheathing directly applied or 4-0-6 oc purlins. BOTCHORD Rigid railing directly applied orb-7-7 oc bracing. FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionfMaxlmum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2- 309/224, 2J=21DI/1053, 3-4=-186211061, 45=210111053, 56=3091222 60T CHORD 1-13=2601383,12-13=2801383,11-12=-85611862,10-11=.85011862, 9-10=.85011862, 8-9==-uwIB62, 7-8=-2581383, 6-7=2581383 WEBS 24 3=181611135,341--641194,4-9=-Wi94,5-7=181611134,2-12=-622,528, 54-62111528 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-D2; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf, BCDL=3.Opsh Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 14)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psi bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with arty otherlive loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this trusts Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 981 ib uplift at Joint 13 and 981 Ib uplift at Joint 7. LOAD CASE(S) Standard wARA9Np-Ver ParumeteraaM aE4pagn T4T3BEMmponen D onlyIs basedonlyar uponparametersuplbalding component. Design valid for use onlywith Mpek connectors. Thisdesign Isbasedmp upon parametersshown,and is foronr- Applicability of t not shown pommel component tacing otlAttry nnstruchuss amembernd t inly. vveers e support of thedesreser.to�ing foratrluppor lateral Additional temporary to Insure web members Atlditiu eol temporary bracing to imuil stab comhuc al the u4ngconstruction MiTek' ec A perm rent erector. Additional permanentbracingoftheoveron structure osponsib0ityofthe Quality designer.ForgeneralguidancegCordng wiener. l guidan a a,gaibing and Safety I f n,r ly control, stooge. Truss Plot.rve, erection and Orefdo. cowl) ikon. II Ooa01y Glfetla. DS0 99 and BC511 SuOtlinp Component Safety Inlorma0on avaJable from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'OnoMo Omme. Madison. W153719. N.Omer salts p3(q chesterfield, M06301T chest 00 Symbols Numbering System ©General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. u6-4-8 dimensions shown in tt-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 0-1/ 1/IQ, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. i cl-z CM 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. 0 �� 3:; Z stack materals an 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locale U ve a = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plate s 0-'hd' from outside n. �' u U all other interested parties. edge Of truss. aO a)d Cb) CS6 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI I. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In Miiek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber a non-structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 it responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. The length parallel 10 slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and In all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 Miiek® All Rights Reserved 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings Occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with ^^^ project engineer before use. Industry Standards: �/YS ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 11, Review all portions or this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. M,T e BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 quality Criteria. r Installing,& Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII.7473 Job Truss Truss Type city Ply Tom Izzo/Domn Residence 67969 Al COMMON 1 1 Job Rf rek (o00wul) Chambers nuns ,fib- ,dun wm n Pierce wChatspoc, Song s an, rbA4er65 6.300 s Feb 15 2006 MRek IndusWes, Inc. Thu Ju0-M241:021007 Page 1 16-0-0 2-4-0 9-04 13-M i 19-0-0 25.8-0 28-0-0 2-4-0 6-M 4-0-0 1-0.01-0-0 4-0-0 644 2-" Scale=1:49.4 3x6 M02D= 3x6 MI120= 3x6 M1120= 5 6 3x6 M1120= le 15 14 3x6 MI12011 3x8 M1120= 5x6 M1120= 0-0-0 13 12 11 6.6 MIND= 3x6 M 12011 3.8 M1130= D-0-0 24-0 9-0-0 1944 258-0 26-0-0 24-0 64.0 104W 68-0 2A Plate Offsets (X,Y): [5:03-0,0-2-8], [6:03-0,0-241] LOADING (pst) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Ilden Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.81 Vert(LL) -0.68 13-14 >413 360 MI120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.79 Vert(M) 4.461344 >191 180 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.74 Horz(TL) 0.04 11 1Va Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 1231b LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X4 SYP SS'Except' T2 2 X 4 SYP No20 SOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D*Except' B22 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iblsize) 16=174010-a-0,11=174010-6-0 Max Horz 16=123(load case 5) Max Upilft16=1046(load case 3), 11=4046(load Mae 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-1-13 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 1Row at midpt 4-7 FORCES (ID)- Maximum Compression/Maxlmum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=422MS, 23=262SM 210, 3-0=-238211228, 4fi=-229f772, 6-7=-229fr7Z 7-0=238211228, 85=262511210, 9-10=4122182, 5-6=2361826 BOT CHORD 146=991458,15-16=-221/45B,14-15=-221I456,13-14=101912361,1243=1031458,11-12--103/458,10-11=1031458 WEBS 246=-175211022, 2-14=-927/2065, 3.14--0/380, 843=0/380, 9.13=-931/2065, 9-11=1752/1021, 4-7=-T05611425 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. n3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 lost bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1046 lb uplift at Joint 16 and 1046 Ito uplift at joint 11. 7)in the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1)1Regular. Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (pit) Vert: 1-5=-90, 6-10=90, 1-14=-20,13.14=-60(F=-40), 10-13=-20, 5E=-90 WARMNO. VerVy design pammaren and READ NOTES ONTRIS AND 1NCLODED 'sign valid for use only wrh Wiest connectors. This design is based only upon poromete MiTek Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1ne' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate "Width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI I: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' 0 04 U O Numbering System I 6_4-8 i dimensions shown t scale) f caiuteen}hs III (Drawings not to scale) 2 TOP CHORDS 3 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A © 2006 MTrek® All Rights Reserved ..® ME M.iTek POWER TO PERFORM." MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: M11.7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/rPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing a110 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with AN51/rPl 1 Quality Criteria. LobSe Truss Truss Type 0ty Ply Tom IE W130ran Residence B COMMON 3 1 Job Reference 1ption�aa�l)).. Chambers Truss Inc., tort Yl¢raeth 34982, Sang Chat Tan, PEMS765 6.300 s Feb 152005 MRek Industries, INCIu Jun 2812:41:07 20- no l 2-4-0 6-0-0 2-4-0 3-8 0 3x6 Bill 3 0.00 12 2.3 M112011 2 1 1 Lj 1 3x4 MI120= 213 M112D II 0-0.0 2-" 7-" 341-0 24-0 Scale = 1:20.0 213 MII2011 4 2x3 MR2011 0-0-0 24-0 3.4 MII20= Plate Offsets (X,Y): [3:03-0,Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) 8deft Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.46 Vert(LL) -0.05 6-7 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumberincrease 1.33 BC 029 Vert(TL) -0.09 6-7 >992 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.14 Hoa(TL) 0.00 6 Fda We BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rTP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 39 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2X4SYPNo.2D TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-M oc pullins. BOTCHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0oc bracing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lbls(2e) 7=66010-0-0, 6=660/0-8-0 Max Hom 7=57(load case 5) Max Uplift7=518(load case 3), 6=S11t(loed rase 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=152/6, 23=251/114, 3-4=-251/114, 45=-15717 BOTCHORD 1.7=-91155, 6-7=91155, 5-6=-91155 'WEBS 2-7=-5241463, 4-6 -6241463 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. '2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) -This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 518 lb uplift at joint 7 and 518 lb x upliftatjolnt6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard F e AWANNmO-peNrydu( paramelersanQRP MTI:EON9NIEANDINCLUDEDRDTEEREtBNENOEPAOE=.74T3DMl USIL LM Design valid for use only with MRek connectors. This design 6 based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not fuss designer. Bracing shown MiTek' b for lateral support of Individual web members only. Acidiniotal temporary bracing to Insure stoblity dume ring constructions responsibility of me erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 6 the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, qualityconhol, storage, delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSI/TPII OuaRy Cdhvla, DSB-59 and Ball BuOding Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 0300 Safety Information avaloble from Truss Plate Institute, S63 D'Onofdo Drive, Madison, WI 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 11- f_ 1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n4' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In fill 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate v+idth measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING I 6'4'8 dimensions shown t t scale) f sixteenths I^ (Drawings not o scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved ..e �Yll� MiTek POWER TO PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MU-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and were at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber Is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criterta. Job Truss Truss Type 67969HIP F1Fy =:om': ..-am:D- - - ..D _.._.._..,. u.cuu a reu m xDeD Mu ex meusmes, mc. 1 nu Jun 2✓bj"l:l0 2007 Pagel 24-0 6-6-12 If-" 17-044 23-0.0 28-11-2 35-0.0 39.5-4 43-04 46-0-0 24-0 4-2-12 4Sd 6-044 5-11.2 5-11-2 6-0-14 44i4 4-2-12 24-0 6xl0 511120i 3.5 M112D= 3x4 MIi2011 6x10 N RD 4.00 12 Sx8 MIHBH WB= k5 Nf120= 7.8 Mill 811� 4 » 5 6 7 8 e Scale =1:821 2 aff 44X5 M1120= 21 20 19 19 17 16 15 14 13 4x5 M1120= 3.5 M1120= Sxe M1118H WB= 3x8 M1120= 3.6 M1120= 3x5M170= 6.8 M1120= 6.8 M1120= 3x6 M1120= 5x81ra18H WB= D-0-0 0-0-0 2.4-0 11-0-0 17-0-14 23-0-0 28-11.2 35-0-0 43-8-0 46-0-0 2-" 8-8-0 "44 5-11-2 5-11.2 6.0-14 84-0 2.4-0 Plate Offsets Qr Y). [4.05-0,0-2-01, [6.04-O,Edge7 [9.0-6-0,0-2-01. [13:04-0,0-3-07 [21:0JA O.3-01 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL In (loc) 8de8 Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.74 Vert(LL) 0.69 17 >717 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Wmberincrease 1.33 BC 0.93 Vert(TL) -12517-18 >397 180 M1118H 1951188 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.93 Horz(TL) Dag 13 Na nla BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 234 Ib LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 21=253010-".13=253010-0-0 Max Hum 21=104(load case 5) Max Uplift21=1552(load case 3),13=4552(load case 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-6 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. WEBS 1Row at midpt 3-21,1043 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-27010, 24=233184, 3-0=450112498, 4-5=SB7413320, 5-6=- i33313SBI, 6-7=-833313581, 7$--633313581, B-9=4814/3320, 940=-450112498,10-11=-233184, 11-12=27010 60T CHORD 1-21=01260, 20-21=2D18l3689,19-20=221514217,18-19=-221514217, 17-18=31 Wism, 16-17= 3ofio sj,;, 15-16=-2143/4217,14-15=214314217,13-14=494613689,12-13=01261 WEBS 2-21=4221363, 3-21=406412456, 3.20=-275f767, 4-20=1661166, 4-18=111211986, 5-18=9261607, 5-17=466R02, 7-17=-5271398, 8-17=-366f702, 8-16=-9261607, 946=4112/1986, 9-14=-1661166,1044=Z75ff67,10-13=4D6412457, i t-13= 4221362 NOTES 1). Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7.02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) eThls truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcumerd with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 16) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 7)rProvide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 155216 uplift at joint 21 and 1552 lb uplift at Joint 13. LOAD CASE(S) Standard wARNmD-Verify df NWn pa,OMe a READ NOTES not of the M!Tek 0300 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/16r For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-11ii' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate Widthth measured perpendicular 4 x 4 To slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' Q O U O Numbering System I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) i] 3 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBEREDAERERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Q O x U 0- 0 © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved %ANN MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM. Mlrek Engineering Reference Sheet Mll-7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless othenvise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless Indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type Ply Tom IuolDo2n Resitlenee 67969 C2 HIP �Qty 2 7 Job Reference a fbnal u.uuu ,eu .a cm,o mites snausales, mc. mu aun zg136.:d1:Ta zuur Pagel 24-0 10-73 15-0-0 23-" 31-0-0 354-13 434-0 46-0-0 24-0 833 44-13 "-a 8-0-0 4f13 833 2-0-0 10xio MII20G 4.00 FIT 4 3x5 MI120i 3 41,11 1111120o 4 2 ft 3.4 M82011 toxic M1120a 6 3x5 11020-� - 7 4x8 MIIM0 9 Scale=1:82.1 - 4.5 MI120= 18 17 1615 14 1312 11 10 4x5 M1120= 5.5 M1120= Sloe 51111811 WB= 3xB M1120= 3.5 MUM= 5x8 M1120= 3x6 14112011 3x6 M112011 3x5 MII20= 5.8 M618H 1M8= 0-0-0 a-" 2-4-0 1D-73 15-M 2"-D 31." 35-0.13 43." 46-0-0 2-" 833 4-4-13 8-0-0 84W 4.4-13 533 2-" 5� Plate Offsets (X,)1: [4:05-0,0-2-0], [6:0-5-0,0-2-0], [11:03-8,0-25], [17:0-",( 2- LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DEFL in (loc) Odell Utl PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.82 Vert(LL) 0.45 14 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 16.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.74 VedM) -0.8712-14 >572 180 M1118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.87 Horz(TL) 0.18 10 Na We BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight 2381b LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS BOTCHORD 2X4SYPNo.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3'ExcepV W22 X 4 SYP No.213, W122 X 4 SYP No.2D BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied. BOT CHORD Rigid telling directly applied or43-9 Do bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 2-17, &11 REACTIONS (Iblsi2e) 18=2530105-0,10=253010-8-0 Max Hors 18=142(load case 5) Max Uplift18=1529(load case 3). 10=4529(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-5321247, 23=-058012432, 3.4-d25412383, 45=473112672, 55=473112672, 6-7=4254I2383, 7-8=-458012432, 8-9=5321242 BOT CHORD 148=2601553,17-18=2461553,1647=-222114224, 1546=-202413985,14-16=20213985,13-14=-1926139a5, 12-13=192613985,11-12=-212314224, 10-11=2561553, 9-10=-2561553 WEBS 2-18=2352(1515, 2-17=-198413688, 3-17=-2631253, 346=3491356, 4-16=1951364, 4-14=572JI095, 5-14=-7771590, 6-14=572N095, 64.--495]364, 7-12=3491355, 7-11=263I253, 8-11=197913688, 840=235211514 NOTES 1) Unbalanced root live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; x cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 1 SiThis truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 7 j Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 15291b uplift at joint 18 and 1529 III, uplift atjolnt 10. LOAD CASE(S) Standard parvmeterearW aE4afiieT6aeNTanr ANDparameDffih for Designruse only with uolbuiesign component. shown, aidItEACEPADBffiF79T3ingcom component. connectors. Thcorpro parameterssfbuff Mtl esigner-nof truss designee Braving shove tomararylisresponsinsr otb designer- not Applicability floe of component Is individual rsand proper inly. MiTek' of of the Is fair Ioremisupport ofindividualwebmembersvery. Atltlitbmltempararybmcrng to Additional stability di stabilitygner.gor erector. Atlquailylpermanentbracingveof the overall structure bull generalgisthe guidance responsibility Quality designer.Poigeneralgeidamdi ithe onsult gComptg y control, storage, delivery. erection and 'acing, paa0ly [:rlleda, eS5.59 and 5LSI1 Building Component moor Ason, 14515 N. Dinar Forty, Suite 4300 Safety Information NI Safety INarmaeon available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'OnoMo Dive, Madison, WI53711. 83 Dive, Lherteffleld, M06301] Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4_ 1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/ldr I For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'46' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I 6'4'8 I dimensions shown t t scale) III (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERSAEITERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: '7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved "T ris MiTek' POWER TO PERFORM." MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet: M11.7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, Is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on Inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design Is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/rPI I Quality Criteria. A Job Truss Truss Type city ply Tom IuolDoran Residence 67969 C3 HIP 1 Cbambom Trui Fort Pierce FI 34982 Son. Ch I T PF1M6> Job Reference (optional) 2-53 10-05 17-0-0 21-0-11 24-35 29-0-0 35310 43-6-13 4"-0 2-53 11J3 63-10 4-0-11 2-9-10 4.817 6310 Ill 253 30 fill Stull M1120i 3X4 Mul 5x6 Mli Us M1120Z 5 6 7 8 Us sell 4.00 12 4x6 MI120�Ili —\%Iff! :4X MIdOC 3 4 W 9 10 Ox8 M11205 yyq W p 4x8 1II20� 2 r.n 11 12 Scale=1:82.1 20 19 18 17 " 4xS M1120= 16 15 14 13 4x6 MII20= 5.8 Iffill 5x8 M1118H WB= 3x8 M1120= 6.8 MILL= 3x6 M112011 3X6 M112011 3x8 MI1m= 5x8 M018H WB= 0-9-0 0-0-0 233 10-8-6 17-0-0 2111 35310 43.613 46-" 25J 833 6310 111 6310 B33 >_ca Plate Offsets (X,Y): [3:D3-0 Edee] [10:03-0Edge] 174:0-18 0-2-61 [19.03-8 0-251 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DER in (loc) GRIP TCLL 30.D Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.77 Val -0A1 1647 MI120 249/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.76 Vert(TL) 42616-17 7defl1dPLATES M1118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB D.62 HOrt(TL) 0.17 13 BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 2331b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.21) *Except' TOP CHORD Structure] wood sheathing directly applied. T7 2 X 4 SYP SS, TS 2 X 4 SYP SS BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 443 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D *Except' WEBS 1 Row at midpt 2-19,11-14 v1011 B22X4SYPSS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3-Except- W2 2 X 4 SYP No.213, W11 2 X 4 SYP No2D REACTIONS (lb/size) 20=253010-8-0,13=253010-8-0 Max Hom 20=160(load case 5) Max Uplift20=1621(load case 3),13,1521(load case 4) VORCES (lb) -Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-946/195, 23---452612363, 3 4-431412374, 45=-4D4312196, 65=3762/2156, 6-7=399612279, 7-6=3762/2156, 8-9=404312196, 9-10=431412374,10-11=4526/2363,11-12---4/6/190 BOT CHORD 1-20=2041462,19-20=204/462,18-19=-218014177,17-18=218014177,16-17=-1954PJ996,15-16=-206914177, 14-15=-206914177,13-14=-1991462,12-13=1991462 WEBS 2-20=-234611502, 2.19=-200713734, 4.19=2791255, 4-17=-540I477, 5-17=3591743, 6-17=-65S1S80, 7-1"551380, 8-16=359r743, 9-16=-W/476, 9-14=-2791255,1144=2DD2/3734,11-13=234611501 NOTES xi) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered forthis design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 14)*This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurtent with any other live loads. 5), All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 6) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 1521 lb uplift at joint 20 and 1521 'Its uplift atjolnt 13. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNAb-7xr1(y dectgn PurvmercrxaM READ NO78S ONTRI3 AND INCLODED ➢OTER REFERf'NCR PAGE= 7473 BEFORE Mrs. AMR• Design valid for use only Win Mnek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not buss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during conduction is the responsibillily of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 6 the responsblity of the bulding designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage.delivery, erection and bracing. consult AN61/Trll Ouaflly Cdfl10sB-89 salary Information available from Two Plate Institute. SO OOnoMo Drive. Madison, WI 53719. and BC511 Building Component 14516 N. Outer Forty, Suite#300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/idr 7 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-4i6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. *Plate location details available In MTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 To slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I 6-4-8 (dimensions shown in H-in-sixteenths ll�l (Drawings not to scale) O 2 U o_ O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if Indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. ' O x U O F- © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved LIAR MiTeko POWER TO PERFORM.'" MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MU-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wone at joint locations are regulated by ANSON 1. _ 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with AN51/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing. or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. t ' Job ss Truss Type Oty Ply Tom IrzolDomn Residence 67969 175 HIPChambers 1 1 Truss -lac.. Fort Pierce Fl- U982 Sena Mh� --- Job Reference (options[) •••.+..... .,.. =n •,n•uau, , c trio Jun La lL:4lg(d,6UW Yage1 24-0 B-10-10 16-1-6 21.0-0 2".0 2940-11 37-1.6 43-84 -0 24-0 7-6-3 13-4-14 19-0-0 27-0-0 32-7-2 384-13 43-8-0 46-0-0 _ 24-0 6.6-10 7-2-11 4-10-11 4-0.0 440-11 7.2-11 - 2-" 6-2-35.1040 5-T-2 8-0-0 5-7-2 6-640 0-4-0 6.10-10 5-2-32-4-0 Scalp = 1:781 Scale=1:82.1 4.00 12 SX8 11111204 4.00 12 6x8 MII20- Sx6 M0211= - 6.10 MB2Dx • y 3x4 M 20 6 7 3xd M020 '• , 3x5 M1120i a 4x6 M1120 7 3x5 M02D� -� 4x6 M1120as 4.6 MINOII 5 4x6 MIY20� 4 8 8 7x8 MII18Hi a 7x8 M1118H� 4 B • 4 W7 1 7x8 MI118H� 1 4 6x8 M1120� 3 3 W 5 1,,1 10 3x4 MI120 11 W w5 W9 0 10 2x3 M02011 8 2 W 3x4 M1120 11 2 3 IN a 1 11 1 12 c4.5 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 M1120=o 13 • 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 4xS M1120= 3x5 M1120= 6.8 MOteH WB= 3.5 A1i120= 3x5 M1120= 6x8 MIRE)= 3x5 M1120= SxB M018H WB= 3x4 M1120= 3X4 MflM= 3x4 M1120= 12x12 M1120-- 6x8 M112D= 3x8 M1120= 5x8 MmBHwB= 6.8 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 5x8 MMBN WB= 0-" 0." 2-" 12-11-8 21.0-0 26-04 1 33-" 43-8-0 44,04 24-0 10-7-8 B-03 4-0-0 R." uzs Plate Offsets (X Y): [4:0.3-0,Ed9e] 16:0.4-00-2-61 19:03-0 Edae] 1`12:Etl a 0-94 19.O-BO-0] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DEFL In (lac) gdefl LJd PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.83 Vert(LL) -05413-15 >923 360 _ M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.D Lumber increase 1.33 BC DAS Vert(TL)-1.021345 >488 180 MII18H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 1.00 HOM(TL) 028 12 nla We BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20D41TP12002 (Matrix) Weight 231 lb 1.muddrs TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No2D BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except' _P W122 X 6 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structure] wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2.2-0oc bracing. WEBS 2 Rows at 113 late 3-19,10-12 REACTIONS (lb/size) 19=2543/0-0-0,12=227210-e-0 Max Hors 19=235(load case 5) Max Uplift19=1484(load case 3). 12=-1190(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=403/62, 2J=-454/784, 3 4- 437812249, 45=427312261, 5-6=357811921, 6-7=-=IJ869, 7-0=-3580/1921, 8-9=-030712328,9-10=-043812318,10-11=-1061/494,1142--615/379 BOT CHORD 1.19=-611382,1849=-224514193,17-18=-193413896,16-17=-193413896,16-16=1496D330, 14-15=185413929, 13-14=185413929,1243=-2235i4307 WEBS 2-19=5351473, 3-19=4226/2398, 348=-221132B, 5-18=156/407, 5-16=-1001/693, 6-16=402f742, 7-15=4201766, 8-15=-10451730, e-13=4991454,10-13=-295/384,10-12=372412040 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. ' 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water flooding. 4) *This tmss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates.unless otherwise Indicated. 6) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this tress is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 71 ,Provlde mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1484Ib uplift at joint 19 and 1190 Ib uplift at joint 12. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WAEWNa-Vertryd Mpnparamereroand NEADMMONTIDEAADINCLODEDLDSE FEREATEPAOEM-79939EfYlEEOSE. Design valid for use only with Meek connectors. This design B based only upon parameters shown, antl is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction a the responsibillity of Ma erector. Adtlitional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of Me building designer. Far general guidance regarding _MiTe_k' fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection antl bracing. consult ANS1/rP11 Quality Criteria, DS1-89 and Sall Building Component Safety Information available from Truss Plate Imtilute. 583 D'Onofdo Drive. Madison, WI 53719. 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 0300 ChosterlIdd, MO 0017 0-" 0-" 24-0 10-a-6 19.0-0 1 27.0-0 353-10 43.8-0 46-0-0 24-0 e4-6 83-10 8-0-0 83.10 BdA Plate Offsets()(,Y): [4:03-0Edge] [9:03-0Edge] [13:0-3<803-07 [20.01-80-3-0] LOADING (pst) TCLL 30.0 TCPL 15.0 BCLL 10.0 BCDL 10.0 SPACING 2-0-0_' Plates Increase 1.33' Lumber Increase 1.33 Rep Stress Incr YES Code FBC20041TPI2002 CSI TC 0.78 BC 0.78 WB 0.88 (Matrix) DEFL Vert(LL) Vert(TL) HOrz(TL) in (roc) 0.3717-19 -0.7814-16 0.27 13 8defl >999 >636 We Lid 360 180 n1a PLATES GRIP M1120 2491190 M1118H 1951188 Weight: 2381b �umo�r< TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP Na.2D BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS Jib/size) 20=253010-",13=2530I0-9-0 Max Horz 20=179(load case 5) Max Uplift20=-1497(load case 3),13=1497(load case 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-5-14 oc purllns. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-4-13 oc bracing. WEBS 1Row at midpt 3-20,1043.7-17 FORCES (lb) -Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=494/23, 23=2391122, 3.4=440412308, 45=-429112316, 5-0=-383412086, 6-7=-358512054, 74=383312086, 8.9=4291/2316, 9-10=-440412308,1041-2391123,1142-194123 130T CHORD 1-20=-151184,19-20=-211313973,18.19=205914063,17-18=-205914063,16-17=160113584,15-16=193514063, 14-15=-193514063,1344=1990/3973,12-13=151184 WEBS 2-20=4551385, 3-20=425912404, 349--01284, 5-19=-131217, 5-17=5611530, 6-17=-218/548, 7-16=2871570, 8-16=661/530, B-14=131217,1044-0284,1043=425912405, 1143=-455/365, 7-17=329/330 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 21 Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsh Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.31. 13) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) 'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 6) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. e7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1497 lb uplift at joint 20 and 1497 1b uplift at joint 13. LOAD CASES) Standard A WARIDND-Verify drsign parameter arty FE4D N01840N1'NIE AND INCLUDED MREEFEFERENf1C PAGE MO79T38E3TInE UBE. • Design valid for use only with Maek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. MU Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component 6 responsibility of building designer -not truss designee Bracing shown Is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stobllityduring comtructionisthe responsibility ofthe Wek erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure B Me respomil of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quality control, storage. delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANS1/rP1l Quality Cdkda, D3B-89 and Ball Building Component Safety Informal available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onofdo Drive. Madison, w0 53719. 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 000 Chesterfield, MO 0017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Failure to Follow Could Cause Property 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y -I-1 /4 u or Personal In a offsets are indicated. I 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths Damage Injury Dimensions are in ftssixteenths. �'�I (Drawings not to scale) Apply plates 10 bothh sides Of truss I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed Teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For /ldr 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T era cza bracing should be considered. O WEBS a� 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. O �y Fyn ; M 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ve Oz designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-�N6' from outside a. +' U all other interested parties. a edge of truss. cra co-r cs-e O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol Indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT A The first dimension is the plate 10. Camber it a non-structural consideration and is the 4 X 4 NUMBERS/LErrERS. responsibility width measured perpendicular p y of truss fabricator. General practice is to To slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel To slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where beatings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with kffd project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal 19. and pi all portions of this design inn pi back, words MiTek' Pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Brgcing of Metal Plate Connected Wpod Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 f_ r s- Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _► �_� 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. �/ISr For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-IN' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel To slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING Numbering System 648 dimensions shown t t scale) f caixteen}hs (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS K O U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, 1 or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Brgcing of Metal Plate Connected Wpod Trusses. © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved ample MiTek® ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. • POWER TO PERFORM. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: M11.7473 67969 2.4-0 840-10 16-15 23.0.0 29-10-10 37-14 44.0-0 • 2.4-0 6-6-10 7-2-12 6-10-11 6-10-10 7-2-9 610-13 Scale =1:77A 17 Us M1120= 6.8 M1120= ".0 4.00 12 Sx6 DmO= 6 3x4 fill 3x8 11111204 16 15 14 13 12 Sx8 MIIISH WB= 3x8 MRI5= 6xBM018HW9= 3.4 M1120= 3x4 M1120= 24-0 12-11.8 23-0-0 33-" 44-0-0 2-0-0 10-7-0 10-0-8 10-0E 11 12x12 M820C 0-0-0 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [8:0-3-0,Ed9e] [11:Edge D-9.4] [77:0-3-8 OJ-07 LOADING (psf) 'TCLL SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (lac) Udell Lld PLATES GRIP 30.0 TCDL 15.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.79 Vert(LL) 0.3914-16 >999 360 MII20 249119D BCLL 10.0 Lumberincrease 1.33 BC 0.95 Ved(TL) -0.8912-14 >556 180 MII18H 195/188 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.94 Horz(TL) D28 11 File Na -BCDL ID.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 2261b o. ` BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D TOP CHORD Structure) wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc puffins, BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.213 except end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3'Excapt• BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. W112 X 6 SYP No.3 WEBS IRow at mldpt 5-14,7-14 2 Rows at 113 pis 3-17, 9-11 REACTIONS (lb/size) 17=264310-8-0,11=227210A-0 Max Hors 17=254(load case 5) Max Upiifti7--M3(load case 3),11-7170(load case 4) FORCES (Ita)-Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension ' TOP CHORD 1-2=-390156, 2-3=-4531180, 3-4=-438512195, 4-5=4267/2205, 5$=-338611769, 6-7=-338511753, 7-8=-0313/2270, 8-9=-044412260, 9-10=1067/513, 10-11=-0201387 BOT CHORD 1-17=57/371,16-17=-220614180,16-16=19D4/3904,14-15=1904/3904,13-14=181D13936,12.13=1810rd936, 11-12--2182/4304 WEBS 2-17=-6431474, 3-17=422412329, 346=-237/315, 5-16=-1211412, 5-14=1083f748, 6-14=-71611472, 7-14=-11201781, 7-12=-163/443,9-12=J131374,941=-3716/1962 NOTES • 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=2711:; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; 1 cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. • 4) Alf plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1463lb uplift at Joint 17 and 1170 rib uplift at joint 11. LOAD CASE(S) Standard AWA MP.PcrgydWgnparameferaarWR MT} OMMSAADtACLUDEDprIEBaEfaRENCa PAGE=.7473BErOME . ®®i Design valid for use only with Mnek connectors. Th6 design B based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. irY� Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibility of the MiTek erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 4 the unponubbity of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quality central, storage, delivery. erection and bracing. consult ANSI/1PIl Quality Cdteria,DSB-49 and 9011 Building Component Safety INamattan available tom Truss Plate tmtitute,,%3 D'On.Mo Drive, Mad6on, M S3719. 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 4300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. �/ldr For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/4' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details ovallable In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate `width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 6-4-8 i dimensions shown in ff-in-sixteenths (III (Drawings not to scale) I 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LERERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 35 , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wpod Trusses. , O M U O © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MAW MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each Face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size. orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 1 B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/rPI 1 Quality Criteria. A 67969 0*0 6-10-10 � 14-1-5 1 21-0-0 � 27-10-10 I 351.3 I 42.0-0 � 0-0-0 6-6-10 7-2-12 6-10-11 6-10-10 7-2-9 6-10- 3 1 Scale=1:74.0 5 4.00 12 x6 MIMD= 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 12x12 111120� 5x8 M018H WB= 3x8 M9ID= Sx8 M018H WB= 3x4 M020= 3x4 MIi20= 0.0-0 0-" 10-7-8 10-0-8 Is." 0 12x12 M1120C 0-0-0 42-0-0 I 104140 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [3:0-3-0 Edge7, [7:03-0,Edge] [10:Edge.0-9d] [16:Edae 0-9d] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Iideft Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.81 Vert(LL) 0.391345 >999 360 11111120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 Be OS6 Vert(M) -0.9013-15 >564 180 MII78H 195mue BCLL 110.1) Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.84 Hom(TL) 0.28 10 We Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 21 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D TOP CHORD BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except BOT CHORD `>D Wl12 X 6 SYP No.3, W12 X 6 SYP No.3 WEBS REACTIONS (Iblsize) 10=228510-8-0, 16=2285/0.3-8 Max Hom 16=195(load case 5) Max Upliftl 0=-1 175(load case 4),16=4175(load case 3) Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc purlins, except end vedicals. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bmcing. 1 Row at midpt 4.13,6-13 2 Rows at 113 pis 8-10,246 FORCES (lb) -Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=10661512, 2-3=-0478/2273, 3-4=-0347/2283, 4-5=-342211783, 5-6=3422/1783, 6-7=4347/2283, 7$--0477=3, 8-9=-10701515,9-10=-622/388, 1-16=1319Y386 BOT CHORD 1546=232814332,14-15=195813970,1344=195813970,1243=182313970,11-12=182313970, 10-11=219314333 WEBS 2-06=3091372, 4-15=-1611440, 4-13=1120r781, 5-13=72511497, 643=-1119f780, 6-11=-162144D, 841=3llr373, 8-10=374411973,2-16=-3748/1976 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf; BCDL-3.0psf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 Pal bottom chord live load nonconcurrem with any other live loads. 4) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of tress to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1176 lb uplift atjolnt 10 and 1175 lb uplift atjolnt 16. LOAD CASE(S) Standard UeWeNO -Verify deatgn parameren and READ NOTES ONTRI9 AND INCLUDED aDTBRRErERENCE PADB MD-V073 EEMRE D Wek ea0ding Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION ► 4-1 3/4�3\1; Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. I Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-146" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MIek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is The plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION y� 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or CYy// by text in The bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. 1 1-1 1d;f 121c: Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but 4e� reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wgod Trus;es. Numbering System ( 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t f scale) III (Drawings not to scale( 2 K 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-131 1, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved ....® RV Pro MiTek* POWER TO PERFORM." MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MU-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or altemative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer. erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with Tire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, s'¢e, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the respomibirity of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. s 67969 C9 (COMMON 11 I 1 01V 6-10-1D I 14-1-5 19-0.0 121-0-0123-0-0I 2710-10 I 35-1-3 040 6-0-10 7-2-12 4-10-11 2-0-0 2-04) 4-10-10 7-2-9 2-10-13 4.00 12 5.6 1111120= 5x10 mu20 5 6 Scale=1:68.1 2011 G I 16 1s 14 13 12 11 10 I at 1111120-- 3x4 MI120= 4x6 MII20= Us MI120= 3x4 N020= 3x8 M020= 3x4 M1120= Ina M1128= 0-0-0 0-0-0 0140 10-11.8 I 21-0.0 31-U I 38-0.0 -� 0-4-0 10-7-8 10-0-8 70-09 6.11-,n Plate Offsets (X,Y). 13,0-3-0,Edge), [6,0-" 0 2-01. I17.Ed9e 0 9-4] LOADING (pat) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL In 0m) Odeff Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) 028 14-16 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.89 Vert(TL) -05614-16 >797 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.91 HOM(TL) 0.19 10 Na Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight 2221b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 25-14 oc puriins, BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.2D except end verticals. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except' BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 43-11 oc bracing. -!I1 W13 2 X 6 SYP No.3, W1 2 X 6 SYP No.3 WEBS 1 Row at mitlpt 247 REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=2065/035,17=2065/03.8 Max Horz 17=241(load case 5) Max Uplift10=1065(load case 4),17=1093(load case 3) FORCES (Its)- Maximum CompressloNMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=40171481, 2-3=-0902/2060, 3-4=377112070, 45=J000/1672, 6-7=-287911570, 7-8=282811463, 89=-76152, 9-10=38/16,147=5961372, 55=2777H 635 •BOT CHORD 16-17=-221813853, 15-16=480113397, 14-16=180113397, 13-14=1242/2657,1243=1367/2833,1142-1367/2833, 10-11=-936/1749 WEBS 2-16=-359/421, 4-16=-198/454, 4-14=-9511681, 544=2721568, 7-13=3811374, 741=-496/332, 8-11=410/1017, 8-10=-2642I1469, 2-17=3270N816, 6-13=2361399, 6-14=-2631460 NOTES f 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psh BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. r 4)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 5) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 10651b upI t at joint 10 and 1093 rib uplift at joint 17. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ign pNO TW9 i-use annd.Raor aP408b73ssroasonen ®E3• D valid Design valid for useonlywith leek connectors. Mnek connectors. is basedparametersy own.antl6 component. uponparameters;. �IIW of gnlpora mcorpigtionof component esignIndividualr-olrubdlsign 4 forlaabalsuport of pamdual webers membersnd only. iocomoditinolemporaentareto o[biu ofbvlltlinuring goutnothuss on is teresp.Bmcing shove toe [mumstabilitydygner.For comheralguidancespamibing of the web members Additional the Wek' erectatemldppod permanent resprysbriybracing Atlqulityconnaneorage,elng of the overall the building Criesgn ailing fabrication, andloraaihe onsultu ANSI/Tof DSB-8gand BMIl Component control, storage, delivery,erection and Waving, consul) ANSIRPl10ua8ry CMMo. D6s-49 and aC111 building ComponaM N.ONet p300 Safety Information available from ttuss Plate Institute, 593 D'Onohb DAva, Motlaon. WI53719. chest 630Suite chesterfield, M063017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION -13/43/\; Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. Q �/lbr L L T i t��Forlat;4 x 2 orientation, locate pes 0-'rid' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System I dimensions shown t t scale) f sixteenths (Drawings not To scale) 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERSAETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, `'y/// by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A n Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses.' IX O U 0- 0 © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved Mai MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size. orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and see, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or pedormonce risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. s HIP 8S-11 17-0-0 26-M 33b5 38-0-0 B-5-11 8-65 8-0-0 8b5 45-11 UD /2 SX12MI116H= 7x10 MII78H= re 14 13 12 11 10 4 12x12Ill 0-0-0 Scale=1:68.2 7x8 M1120= Sell M618H P16= US MIQO= 3.8 MM= 3x8 M112011 3.4 MII20= 3.6 MII20= 0-0-0 BS11 17-0-0 25-00 3364 38.0-0 B5-11 8-" 8-0-0 8-05 4-SA1 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [9:0-3-8 0-1-0i [14:0-M.Eduej 115 Od-8 "-41 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Odeff Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.87 Ven(LL) 0.2912-14 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 BdLL Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.72 Vert(TL) -0.6512-14 >696 180 MII18H 1951188 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.88 Horz(TL) 0.14 8 me Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004frP12002 (Matrix) Weigh: 207lb LumutR TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D 'Except T12 X 4SYP SS BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except' W72X 6 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iblsize) 15=206910-8-0, 8=206910-8-0 Max Hors 15=221(load case 5) Max Uplift15=1112(load case 3), 8=-1088iload case 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOTCHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 4-3-7 oc bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 2-12, 4-11,144 FORCES (lb)- Maximum COmpresslonlM1laximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-4274/2259, 2-3=-3396/1829, 3-0=J2751f 050, 45=-286011674, 5-6=J727/1659, 6-7=255511346, 7-8=2035/1085, 145=-1968/1125 BOT CHORD 14-16=78111021,13-14=-221113941,12-13=221113941, 11-12=-1613/3121, 10-11=1241/2392, 9-10=1241/2392, 8-9=-20/36 -WEBS 2-14=129/201, 2-12=931ff15, 4-12=-2241543, 4-11=5971323, 6-11=-841351, 6-11=2781688, 6-9=9951642, 7-9=4355/2613,1-14=143612932 NOTES 1).Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. ,2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.0psf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right "posed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. •6)7hls truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1112 lb uplift at joint 15 and 1088 III uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Q wARMNO9erjjy Qeal9n Paromafen and Rvn NOlE3 ONT1a9 dfm LVCIADED MRERREfERENCE PAGE dof-94738E1'ORE USE. _E� x9W Design valid for use only with MRek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, andis for on individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component 6 responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporarybrocing to Insuduring is the the MiTek' re re spomibillty, of stability construction erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall sinxture Is the responsibTN of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, qualityconlrol, storage, delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSI/1PII Quality Cdtada, DSI.89 and BCSI1 Building Component Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 5113 D'Onofno Drive, Madison, WI 53719. 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 4300 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _� �� 3/4• Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/ldr i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'h9' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION *�5 Numbering System ( 6-4-$ I dimensions shown in fitsc sixteenths III (Drawings not to scale( JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O M U O r © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM." MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet. MII-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stock materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 1 B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. y .s 2.40 94-14 17-0-0 2"41 24," 294-0 36-7-2 44-0-0 • 24D 7-0-14 7.7-2 4-8-11 2640 41-11 7.7.2 7-4-14 a00 12 7x10 Mlff Ill 3x4 Mn20= 30 MIIID= 5.12 MmBH-- 17 16 15 14 1312 11 10 3x5 M1120= 5.8 M1120= 5x8 WISH WB= 3x8 MIIID= Sea MAID= 3x6 111112011 0-0.0 3x8 M02D= 5x8 MD1BH WB= 24-0 94-14 17-0-0 29-0-0 36-7-2 44-0.9 2-" 7-0-14 7-7-2 124W 7-7-2 7-4-14 Scale =1:79.1 ID= 0-" _ Plate Offsets (),Y): [3:04-110-3-0] [4:0-5-0 0-2-0] 17:0-7-12 0-2-0] [9.0-5 Edge] [71'03-8,0-2$] [16.0-3-i 0-2-8] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 8deff Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.81 Veil 0.40 12 >999 380 MI120 249/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.78 Vert[TL) 42112-14 >413 180 b11118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.66 HOrz(TL) 0.19 10 nia rda BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 225 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.213 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS 'Except- except end verticals. B7 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD Rigid celling directly applied or 4-2-13 oc bracing. W§BS 2 X 4 SYP No.3'Excepr WEBS 1 Row at micipt 2-16, 3.14, 842, 9-11 W2 2 X 4 SYP N0.21), W12 2 X 6 SYP N0.3, W11 2 X 4 SYP No.21) REACTIONS (lb/s¢e) 17=254310.8-0, 10=227210-8-0 Max Hom 17=1Ill case 5) Max Uplif[17=1519(load case 3), 10=-1226(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=2871128, 23=-059512413, 34=416212235, 4-5=J862/2211, 5-6=408212336. 6-7---389112249, 7.8=-419212273, 8-9=471312523, 9-10=216911234 BOT CHORD 147=-127/291,1647=-140/291,1646=228814268, 14-15=-228814268,13-14=2034/4082,12-13=203414082, 11-12=-2292/4370, 10-11=4991867 WEBS 2-17=-2364/1469, 2-16=2173/3999, 3-16=-353/305, 344=5141475, 4-14=3131730, 5-14=-6621370, 6-12=6271342, 742=-3031721,8427--589/541,8-11=-285/250,9-11=1803/3523 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. x 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ff; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) 'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. r 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 0 This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 151916 uplift at joint 17 and 1226 Its uplift at joint 10. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wAAN1N0- Verify deslgnpanuanierx al RE4D NOSES ONTNIE AND ACLODEb MITER IaifERENCE PAGE M -7473 BEFORE DBE, �- Design valid for use onlywith Mnek connectors. This call is based any upon parameters shown, and 6 far on individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral individual web Additional temporary bracing to insure during is the billity the iviiTek support of members only. stability construction respons of erector. Additional permanent Waxing of the overall structureis the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. Ouolitycontrol. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/17I1 guaBlyCltal DS9.89 and SCSII Building Component 14515 N. Cider Forty, Suite 000 Solely Information ovatable from Truss Plate Institute, 5a3 D'Onofdo Drive. Matlison. WI 53719. Chaster6eld, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. T For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'r15" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I dimensions shown t t scale) f caixteenihs (Drawings not to scale) O U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wpod Trusses. © 2006 Mi rek® All Rights Reserved MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheeh MII.7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is Installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 79. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. � p 2d-0 7-10-13 11-0.0 18-6-0 21.63 27-V0 295-0 2-0-0 55-13 3-1.3 7S-0 3-1-3 55.13 2-" Scale =1:51 4.00 t2 3.6 M112011 3rA Ml 0-0-0 5x121ill 14 13 IN 6.12 M01aNa 2x3 M112011 4x6 Mill 3.4 MIl2D= 3x4M1120= l�l ___......JC 10 9 3x4 Wil 3x6 111112011 0-0-0 24-0 3-11-12 1t-0-0 185-0 255-4 27-1-0 295-0 2-" 1-7-12 7-0-4 75-0 7-0-4 1-7-12 2-0-0 Plate Offsets (X,Y). [1.03 14,0 15] [8.03 14 0 1-B] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (lac) Well I -Id PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.79 Vert(LL) 0.59 1143 >506 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 16.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.80 Vart(TL) 4.01 >292 180 MII16H 1951188 BGLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES Will 0.52 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 We Na BCDL t0A Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 119 lb LUMBER TOP CHORD 2X 4 SYP SS-ExcepV T22 X 4 SYP No.213 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-M no purlins- BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 5-34 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 16=161810-8-0, 9=1618/0-0-0 Max Hor216=404(load case 6) Max Uplift16=1026(load Case 3), 9=1026(load case 4) FORCES (Ib)- Maximum CompressfoNlNaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=370/274, 23=231111206, 3-0=-214911155, 45=-205011159, 5-6=2148/1154, 6-7=-230311202, 7.8=3761277 .BOT CHORD 1-16=-316/461,15-16=-2A4/461,14-15=-104112060,13-14=-95212049,1243=948/2050,1142-948/2060, 10-11=-964/2051, 940=319/468, 8-9=3191468 WEBS 246=-2176/1337, 2-15=562/1719, 4-13=801202, 5-11=83/200, 740--84911702, 7-9=2171/1334, 3-14=1401318, 641=4371331 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3second gust); Ill TCDL=43psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; Mill cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL-1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ? 4) 'This thus has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 6) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 7) Provide mechanical Connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1026lb uplift at joint 16 and 1026 ^ ?lb uplift at joint 9. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wARNTNO-pert(Ydrsi9nyarvmchnandrt84DM=ONTr69ANDACLODBDffifaNREPERPNOCPAG&MD-2423B6 =tax. Design valid for use only Win MOek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shoym, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporaffon of component is responsibility of building designer- not hors designer. Bracing shown MiTek' b for lateral support of Intlweb ividual members only. Additional temporary bracing to Imure stability during construction is the responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure a the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding .a.ee,eneemcrr: fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery. erection and bracing, consult ANSI/xPIl Oualay Crlleda, DS4-69 and Ball Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite #300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 5B3 90nofdo Drive, Madison, WI 53719. Chaste, `Wd. MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ftsixteenths. I 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to bothh sides Of }N55 I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. O 1/1d, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. i c z cza WEBS 4 qz„ 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. ❑ O 2 ��� `n si stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ve = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and interested i plates 0- he' from outside a O all other parties. edge of truss. g OF a O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. cz-e cca csb BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates The 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at Joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. `Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 0. Camber it a non-structural consideration and is the Width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, sae, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and p in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pudins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is Installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING I S. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. IS. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: 1 ANSI/TPI l : National Design Specification for Metal ® 19, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate I , Connected Wgod Trusses. MDek Engineering Reference Sheek M11.7473 E1 c 3. 2-4-0 10-11-1 13-0-0 165-0 185-15 27-1-0 29-5-0 24-D 8-7-1 2-0-15 35-0 2-0_15 8.7_1 2-4.0 scale=1:51.5 4x6 MII205 446 M1120� ,__rr_ 2x3M1120\\ 4 5 ,-,, ,,,,-_,. •• ,• 7.5 72 11 10 9 3x6 M112e 11 3x6 11111W= 3x4 M020= 314 M11205 3x4 MIIZD-- 3.4 M1120= 3x6 Mn20 If 0-0-0 0-0.0 24-0 3-11-12 13-0-0 165-0 25-54 295-0 2-" 1-7-12 9414 3-6-0 9-0d vas .e Plate Offsets(X,Y) 11.031401-81 (8.031401-0] LOADING (psF) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (lac) Well IJd PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase ' 1.33 TC 0.83 Vert(LL) OA41143 N678 360 MI120 249M90 TCDL 15.0 Lumberincrease. 1.33 SC 0.75 Vert(TL) -0.701143 >423 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB OA8 Hom(TL) OX 9 n/a rda BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight 121 Ib LUMBER TOPCHORD 2X4SYP SS 'Except' T2 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS W�5 2X4SYPNo.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or2-840 oc pudins. BOT CHORD Rigid telling directly applied or S41-7 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 15=161810-", 9=161810-8-0 Max Horz 15=123(load case 5) Max Uplift15=1009(load case 3), 9=-1009(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-4331339, 2-3 -228111149, 3-4=192911048, 4-5=17921995, 55=-192911a48, 6-7=228111150, 7-8=-0331338 •BOT CHORD 145=-3861529,14-15=-3821529,13-14=-97BU024,12-13=74611792,11-12=-74611792, 10-11=89312024, 9-10=3851529, 8-9=-3851529 WEBS 2-16=214011283, 2-14=-640111 SOB, 3-13=-5821497, 4-13=3051488, 5-11=3051488, 6-11=5821498, 7-10=-639111608, 7-9=-214811282 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (33econd gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantileverleh and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 1 4) "This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any otherlive loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 10091b uplift at joint 15 and 1009 lb uplift at joint 9. LOAD CASES) Standard A wARMN'G-Pertly desf9n Parametem and READ Na1'E30NTtlISAND A'CLUD3DMn'3R RErER3MOC PAGE MQ7473 Eltici 173154 �- Design valid for use only with Mirek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss desgner. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction h Me responsibility of the Mi_Te_k- erector. Additional permanent bracing of Me overall structure 8 Me responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quolitycontrol, storage, delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSIAPII OuaIBy Crilerlo,DSB-B9 and BCSll Building component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 000 Safety Inlorma6on available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onotso Nye. Madison, WI 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols I Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/ldr For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1h4' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING 648 I I dimensions shown tsca le) (Drawings not to scale( o: 0 U U 0- 0 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LErrERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of fhe 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wpod Trusses. © 2006 MTekO All Rights Reserved _R r8R MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSIrrPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment In accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided of spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. r � Job Truss Truss Type Dry ply Tom InNDomn Resldence 67969 E2 COMMON 1 1 _.......__.,..._.,_N.A..e.......er..e F......8.. Sang Chat Tan. raw,o,o> 8ann�cw-...,���...._. Job Reference (optional) �_..._...__•__ _1 . __._.. .______ -- _ _ _ _.___ _. __ ._..,,,,, ar,n cvxsol:w zaur rage l 24-0 854 14-8-8 204042 27-1.0 295.0 2.4-0 6-24 6-24 6-24 6.24 24-0 Scale=1:50.i 4 ._ ._ .c 11 10 9 8 3z6 M112011 3x4MII20= 4x6M112D= 3x4MMD= 3x411 3.4 fit 3x6 M1120 II 0-0-0 0.0.0 24-0 3-11-12 10-10-13 185.3 2554 27-1-0 295-0 2-4-0 1-7-12 6-11-1 7.7.6 6-11-0 ., ,, „ �_zw Plate Offsets(X,Y): [1:0344104$ [7:03-140 LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (lac) Odell Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.76 Vert(LL) 0.6010-12 >492 360 M1120 249/190 TCOL 15.0 Lumberincrease 1.33 BC 0.86 Vert(TL) -1.1510-12 >257 180 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.56 Horz(TL) 0.07 8 his Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 1261b LUMeeR TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS BOT CHORD 2X4SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=1618/0-8.0, 8=161810-8-0 Max Ho¢ 14=139(load case 6) Max Upliff14=991(load case 3), 8=991(load case4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-0-5 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid caging directly applied or 5-7-15 on: bracing. FORCES lb)- Maximum Compresslon/INaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=3221214, 23=237111171, 3-4=-2039/1043, 45=-203911043, 5-6=-237111171, 6-7�3221212 BOT CHORD 1-14=249/412, 134 4=2401412,1243=103712126,11-12=-68611675, 10-11=586/1675, 94D=-94112126, 8-9=2471412 7-8=2471412 WEBS 2-14--220911303, 2-13=-88311844, 3-12=4361385, 4-12=1871429, 4-10=187/429, 6-10=4361385, 6-SS81/1844, 6-8=-220911302 .NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWI cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Rils truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. t5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 991 Ill uplift atjoint 14 and 991 lb uplift at joint 8. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WAN .VerVydert9n Paramer dNPADNOSx30N'r8i3ANDA'CLODEDdNTfiRaarBaE PAGEd -7473 DEFOn8038'. Design valid for use only with Mnek connectors. This design is based only upon parometers shown, and is for an individual building component Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of componeni6 responsibility of building designer- not buss designer. Bracing shown iviiTek Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is the responsibility of the erector. Additional perinonent bracing of the overall structure B the respori iblity of Me balding designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quietly central, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, comuit ANMI/TPII Quality CMeda, DM-89 and BC511 Building Component 14515 N.Outer FoM, Suite 8300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate InsHlute, 583 D'Onohlo Drive, Maduon. Pt M719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. O 1/11, For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'h6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate widthth measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION HiNA 648 I I dimensions shown t t scale) f caixteen}hs (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. of 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building � designer, erection supervisor, property owner and U all other interested parties. 0- 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. IS. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. rus MiTeko POWER To PERFORM. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet. Mll-7473 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. i d Truss Truss Type Cry Ply Tom luWDoran Residence r67969 GRA HIP t 1 lob RefIaptl I) u-uas 6.300 s reD no 2DDti MSTek Indusmes, Inc. Thu Ju0-0Ib12:41:48 2007 Page 1 24-0 9-0-0 14-0.0 19-00 26-0-0 26-0-0 24-0 6-0-0 5-0-0 5-0-0 6-8-0 24-0 Scale = 1:49.1 7x10 MII18H4 4.0D 12 3x4 M112D= 7XID Mul I 11 3x6 M1120= 5x12 M1120= 10 9 6.12 MIIll 3X6 Mu20= 0-0-0 2-" "-a 19-0-0 254.0 28-0-0 24-0 6-e-0 10-0-0 641-0 24-0 Plate Offsets (X,Y) [3 0 5-0 0-2-0] 15,0-5410 2-0) LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (lop) Well Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.94 Vert(LL) 0.40 10-11 >702 360 MI120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.78 Vert(TL) -1.151041 >244 180 MI118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.85 Horz(TL) 0.10 8 Na Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004ITP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 130 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D TOP CHORD BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D *Except* BOT CHORD B22X4SYPSS 19BS 2 X 4 SYP No.3-ExcepP WEBS W2 2 X 4 SYP No.2D, W7 2 X 4 SYP No.2D REACTIONS (IWsize) 13=304010-8-0,8=30401".O Max Horz 13=85(load case 5) Max Upliftl3=1956(load case 3), 8=1956(loatl case 4) Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-1-10 oc pudins. Rigid ceiling directly applied orl0-0-0oc bracing, Except 3.47 oc bracing: l0-11. 1 Row at fall 2-11, 640 FORCES lb)- Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension • TOP CHORD 1-2---2191181, 2-3=579313392, 3-4=545313317, 4=-W313316, S-6=-579313392, 6-7=219/178 BOTCHORD 1.13=-1741228,12-13=1151228,11-12=-1151228,1041=-3740/6223,9-10=171/228,8-9�171rM,7-8=1711228 WEBS 2.13=-292811865, 2-11--3059/5209, 341-535/1176, 4-11=1068r767, 4-10=10681167, 5-10=-53511176, 640=-3056/5209, 6-8=-292811865 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live toads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. P 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 4) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 6) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1956lb uplift at)olnt 13 and 1956 to uplift at Joint 8. 8) Girder carries hip end with 9-0-0 right side setback, 9-0-0 left side setback, and 7-0-0 end setback 9) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 9081b down and 5T7 lb up at 19-M, and 908 lb down and 677 lb up at 9-0-0 on bottom chord. The designiselection of such Connection devices) Is the responsibility of others. 1 o) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard WARM - eDuQ gnParameren anQREAD AmM ONTMSAMIATLODEDMREERE➢ERSNCEPAOEM 74M Barone USE. MIN Design valid for use only Wth MTek connectors. This design b based only upon parameters she", and Is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not huss designer. Bracing shown MiTek N for lateral support of Individual web members only. Adtlitional tempomrybracing to insure noblify during construction is Me responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 6 the responsibility of the bull designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality coal storage, delivery, erection and bracing• comult ANSITPll Quality Were, DSIi and BCSll Buu4ing Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite 000 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 583 D'Onohlo Drive. Madison, N 53719. Chesterfield, M063017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y /4 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown t to (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury 9 1 rY Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. � Cl-2 cza WEBS 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p 0 u �•� ': Fyn 3 stock materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ep = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and interested plates 0-'h9' from outside o U all other parties. edge of truss. g o- cza cdz cse O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each BOTTOM CHORDS This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MlTek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber ia non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slats. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. i.. a ���*(R 1 B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable health Consult environmental, or performance risks. with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: i/Yf ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal 19, Review all portions of this design(front, back, wordsPlate pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. eand M,T BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, .K` 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM." ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. I MRek Engineering Reference Sheet, MII-7473 67969 HIP LOAD CASE(S) Standard ?) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (pit) Vert: 1-3=-90, 3-5=-187(F=-98), 5-7=-90, 1-11=-20, 10-11=42(F=22), 7-10=-20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 11=-908(F)10=908(F) A WARN7NliVerj(N desrgnp¢mmeten ar,d READ 1VDTE8ONTF13 AND INCLrIDED ffiTEERRFERSNCBPAGE d1RA673 BEPoRE USE. �- Design valid for use onlywthMiTekconnectors. This design is based any upon parameters shovm, and 6 for an individual building component. YiiY Applicability of design pammenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer -not truss designer. Bracing shown for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction Is Me responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is Me responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIpPl1 puaHty C,I eda, OSS-89 and Ball Building Component 14515 N. Outer Party, Suite n00 Safety Information available from Truss Plate InsfiNte. 5W D'Onofrio Drive, Madwn. WI 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0'r/16 r For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r19' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details avallable In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING Numbering System 648 dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not o scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 96048, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Conriected Wood Trusses. ' © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII.7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. I5. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSIAPI I Quality Criteria. r Job Truss Truss Type OIY Ply TOm Iao/Doran Resldenra 67969 GRB HIP 1 1 24-0 24-0 4X4 1111120,c 2a0 o.uvv a ruu m auuv mu un nmuam s, ma, rnu Jun 2U 12:41:150 200T Page 1 4X4 MI120� &D0112 3 4 2.8.0 2dll Scale =1:20., C� oao 4-w taw 2a0 24" LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-041 CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Lid TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.51 Vert(LL) 0.07 &9 >999 360 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.50 Vert(TL) -0.13 8-9 >695 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.12 Hor2(TL) 0.00 7 .nla Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 1.111 REACTIONS (Iblsize) 10=80610-8-0, 7=80610-8-0 Max Horz 10=-08(load case 6) Max Upliftl D=-022(load case 3), 7=-622(load case 4) Dag 12-0-0 24-0 PLATES GRIP 1111120 249M90 Weight: 431b BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc puriins. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompresstonlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--3231122, 2-3=4181212, 34=-3191200, 4-5=-0181212, 5-6=-0231122 BOT CHORD 1-10=-104f316, &10=1 D41316, 8-9=1031319, 7-8=104/316, 6-7=1041316 WEBS 2.10=-092139D, 3-9=-9f79, 4-0=9f79, 5-7=-0921390 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL-3.Opsf, Category II; Exit C; enclosed; MWFRS, _ cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrentwith any other live loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 6221b uplift at joint 10 and 622lb uplift at joint 7. t 7) Girder carries hip end with 5-M right side setback, 5-0-0 left side setback, and 3-0-0 end setback 8) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)138 In down and 87lb up at 7-0-0, and 138 lb down and 87lb up at 5-0-0 on bottom chord. The deslgntselection of such connection davice(s) Is the responsibility of others. 9) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (pit) Vert: 13=-90, 31=58(F=-7), 4-6=90,1-9=-20, 8-9=22(F=2), 6-8=-20 Concentrated Loads fib) Vert: 9=-138(F)8=-138(F) A WARMNG verify deely. ynrumefera cad READ NOTES ON Tfi7SAND rNCLODED BBTEx REFERENCE PAGE Bra-7473 BEFORE USE. MINI I m building component. Design valid for use only with MRek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown. and is for an Individual build Applicability of design poramenlers and proper incorporation of componentis responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown MiTek' is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary brath bracing to Insure stability during construction is e respom allity of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the resparsibilry of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSI/tP11 Quality Criteria, IDS11-89 and 8=11 Building Component 14515 N.Outer Forty, Suite 000 Safety Informalfon avalable from Truss Plate Institute, 5153 D'Onoldo Dave, Madison, N 53719. chesterfield, 100 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. dimensions shown tft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. I648 I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, g g, is always required. See BCSI I. 0 1/1dr 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves T TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. a-z c2a WEB$ 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never materials Inadequately braced trusses. 0 r rr w q Q 0 u �' �,y9 0O stack on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U vn a = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-"U' from outside 0- �' u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. OF CSd I 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. F BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/1PI I. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. ' Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. non-structural consideration and is the 0. Camber it width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 truss abric responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to t to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and sae, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is Installed, unless otherwise noted. Indicates location where bearings <�no (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown ore the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. I•��� 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: i/Yf ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. M,T e k BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality criteria. r Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate r Connected Wpod Trusses. r MITek Engineering Reference Sheet. MII-7473 ' "-a 6-10-9 400 12 6-108 HIP I' I 1 IJ bReference(optional) Chan Tan, PFJf46765 6.300 s Feb 15 Mae MiTak Industries, Inc. 1 12-" 17-1-8 24-0-0 5-1-8 6-1-8 6-108 7X10 Mi 3.5 M112011 7X10 16181811C 5x8 MII20= 5xB M1118H M= 5x81 1120= 5-18 3x10 M112D= 5-18 6408 Scale =1:42E a-" Plate Offsets (X Y): [1:0-55 Edge] [2:05-00-2-0] [4:05-0 0-2-0] [5.0-55 Edoe) [7.OJ8 0.28) [10.OJ-B 0-28] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DEFL in (Joe) Udell Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.95 Vert(LL) 0.34 8 >827 360 1111120 249/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.57 Vert(TL) -0.58 8-10 >487 180 M1118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress [nor NO WB 0.70 Hom(TL) 0.10 6 nia nia BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004frP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 123lb LUMBER BRACING ' TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213'Except' TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. T2 2 X 4 SYP SS BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 3-940 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 1 Row at midpt 140. 5-7 WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3'Excepr W12X 6 SYP No.3, W22 X 4 SYP No.2D, W92 X 6 SYP No.3 ' Will X 4 SYP No.213 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 11=261510-38, 6=261510-38 Max Holz 11= 62(load case 5) Max Uplift11=1555(load case 3), 6=-1555(load case 4) .FORCES (It)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=5493/3276, 2-3=822813817, 3 1- 228/3817, 4-5=549313276, 1-11=2512/1554, 58=-2512/1554 BOT CHORD 10-11=-5681B48, 940=805815129, 8-9=-305815129, 78=-301415129, 6-7=523/B48 WEBS 2-10=-1061330, 28=83SM443, 38=1070I837, 48=83511443, 4-7=-1061330,1-10=2569/4293, 5-7=2571/4293 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. ^4) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 6) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1555 lb uplift atjoint 11 and 1655 ' Fib uplift at joint 6. 8) Girder carries hip end with 6408 end setback. 9) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 6771b down and 431 lb up at 17-1-8, and 677111 down and 431 lb up at &108 on bottom chord. The designiselection of such connection devices) is the responsibility of others. 10) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front IF) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard me - 9deetgnparamefere aad READ NOTES ON Me A1fD rNC Ra elyy= EPERENCS PACE 4tn-7473 BEFORE USE. �� IN lidforuse )nyvMh Mgekconnectors.This designBbaretl only upon parameters shown, and I loran indnidual building component. ity of c sign poramenters and proper incorporation of component a responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown iVliTe k• l support at individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction I the responsibility of Me tltlitional permanent bracing of Me overall structure is Me responsibility of Me building designer. For general guidance regarding n, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing,consult ANSI/1PI1 Quality CMMd, DSB-89 and BCWl Building Component MIS N. OuterForty, Suite N300 rmaBon oalobte from Truss Plate Imtitute. 5B3 D'Onofno Drive, Madman, WI M719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION I 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y /4 offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in fit -in -sixteenths. Apply plOies to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-146" from outside edge of truss. g Numbering System 1 6-4-8' (Drawings not to scale) IIII dimensions shown in fit -in -sixteenths 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS cra cza WEB$ ca„ 4 O �yt 3 U rp a o_ +' u U ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property P rtY Damage or Personal Injury 9 1 rY 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, g g, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. cza co-r csd O BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. ' Plate location details available In Mriek 20/20 software or upon request. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LERERS. 10. Camber ianon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of buss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in allrespects, equal to or better than that specified. Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless othenwise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved IS. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless Indicated otherwise. ..® 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with 113project engineer before use. Industry Standards: Industry Standards: 1 ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal m 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures atone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Pd3WER To PERFORM.'" ANSWPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet MII.7473 LOAD CASES) Standard 9) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert:1-2=90, 2d=193(F=-103), 4-5=-90, 10-11=20, 7-10=43(F=-23), 6-7=20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 10=-677(F)7=-677(F) . 4 A iayuuuND- Ver4Jydealgn Parvme endazvua n➢TEE ➢NSNffi ANDrNCLODEDMITEBREJFItE pAusm-74v3D mM use. Design valid for use only Win M*Tek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. Applicability of design poromenters and proper incorporation of component is resporuibility, of bulling designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown 4 for lateral support of Individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction tithe respowbillity of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. Far general guidance regwdmg fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/frll Gual ly Criteria, DS8-09 and BCSII BuOding Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite Ud00 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 5a3 D'Onofdo Drive. Madison, M 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/q� 3�/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property p y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in fT-in-sixteenths. sixteenths 6-48 dimensions shown t tscale) (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both Sides of truss 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. O 1/76„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves TOP CHORDS may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. c z U� WEBS 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never materials on inadequately braced trusses. y'Fyn Provide copies of this truss design }o the building FOf4 x 2 Orientation, locate aw4. 124stack = designer, erec}ion supervisor, praperfy owner and plates 0-'nd' from outside n. u U all other interested parties. ed a of truss. g O 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. F- BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 j oint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in ocations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LERERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber inon-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular lity of truss fabricator. General practice is to responsibility to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling Is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but 0 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. *R 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with r—�,...... project engineer before use. Industry Standards: i/Ys AN$I/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. k is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. M,T e BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM." ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate , Connected Wood Trusses. Ii Engineering Reference Sheet: MII.7473 2d-0 5.8-0 9-0-0 14-84 20-2-12 26-94 313-12 37-0-0 40-0-0 i 438U 46-0-0 24-0 3-0-0 34-0 5-8.4 5.6-8 5.6-8 548 6.8-4 3d0 34-0 2-4-0 Scale =1:821 4-00 V2 5.12 MII18H= 3.5 MIMO= 4x1D 111 4 5T2 3x4 M112011 5xBMIIIBRWB= 3.4111112011 3x5MIR0= 6 7 8 9 5x12 M1118H= 10 rd 23 22 21 20 19 78 - 17 16 15 74 4x5 M1120= 4x5 M1120= 5x8 MIIt8H WB= US Ill Sx12 mill 3x8 M1120= 3x5 M1120= &11 M1120= 6x8 M112l 3x5 MII20= 3x8 MI120= 5xe MI118H M= 0-0-0 "_0 24-0 9-0-0 144-0 20-2-12 259.4 31112 37-04) 43.8-0 46-0-0 2-" 6-8-0 5-8-4 54-8 5L-8 554 54-4 64-0 2.40 di N Plate Offsets (X,Y): [4:0-8-4,0-2-4] [7:0-",Edge] [10:0$-0 0-21] [14:03-8 0-3-0] [17:OJ-B 044] [16.0-0i-0 03-4] [20.OJ-B 04-8[ [23:03$ 03-0] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M OSI DEFL In ([cc) BdeR Ltd PLATES GRIP TOLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.78 Vert(LL) 1.11 fill >445 360 M1120 249/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.93 Vert(TL) 4.8718-19 >265 180 MII18H 1951188 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr NO WB 0.83 Hom(TL) 0.37 14 rda Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 4441b LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D *Except' T22 X 4 SYP SS, T32 X 4 SYP SS BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.20 *Except' B22 X 4 SYP SS, 832 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iti size) 23=5103104-0,14-5103104-0 Max Hors 23=85(load case 6) Max Uplift23=3208(load use 3),14=-3208(load use 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-11-11 cc pudins. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4SS oc bracing. FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compressionflaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=3331137, 23=-0731260, 3-0=-1047316339, 45=-1472018978, 5-6=17014110339, 6-7=17014H0339, 7-0=-17014110339, 8-9=17014/10339, 940=-1472018978,10-11=1047316339,1142=-0331260,12-13=3331137 BOT CHORD 1-23=134/346, 22-23=4555f7641, 21-22=590619929, 20-21=590619929,19.20=-8804114720,18-19=10166117014, 17-18=8761114720,16-17=-584719929,16-16=-5847/9929,1"15=-0496f7641,13-14=134/346 -WEBS 2-23=5731444,3-23=459815306, 3-22=163712664,4-22=4 271187,4-20�331315490,5-20=235811630, 5-19=-1602(2710,6-19=1052/935,848=40521835,9-18=1602/2710,9-17=-2358/1630, 1D-17=-331316490, 10-16=1271187,11-15=-1538/2664,1144=459815307,12-14=5731444 NOTES 1) 2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d (0.131'k3") nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows: 2 X 4 -1 row at 0-9-0 cc. Bottom chords connected as follows: 2 X 4 -1 row at 0-9.0 oc. Webs connected as follows: 2 X 4 -1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 12) All loads are considered equally applied to all plies, except if noted as front (F) or back (B) face in the LOAD CASE(S) section. ePly to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as (F) or (B), unless otherwise indicated. 3) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 4) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Dpsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL-1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 5) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water pending. 6) "This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 8) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearinq plate capable of withstanding 32nB Its nnfift of 1nin123 and 321111 M$ AND MR&x RandRBNCCPAGBMa-]4]3ingcom DSG Parvmenne aM reEdefgn ®g3- useor th s basedparametersy ove,and is component Bn of arame parameters; DesignvalidforuseonparroMgekconnprope B1BY of esignr- not trussidual ner- nothuss designer. Bracing shove Applicability incorporation component design pammentersand proper inwry component lacing MiTek' forasupport of dditinall toiinsur of the Is for lateral support ofindividualraci members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insurestabilitygner. construction bildin caring erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall generlgutheeregridiing Is the baity 0i the Quailing designer. For general guidance and bra consult Gealily GIIMa. DSB-89 and BCSII Building Component confrot stooge, ds Plate erection and bracing, consult ANSI g Component dabmm�ter N. Borer Fong Suite #300 SNety INormaBon available from truss Plate Institute.583 D'OnofAo Drive, Madison, WI53719. Interrupters WI Chest Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4-1 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y /4 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in fi-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 sixteenths udime(Dra (Drawings (Drawings not to stole) n tf scale) Damage or Personal Injury Apply plates to both sides of truss I I 1. Additional stabilitybracing for truss g system, e.g. and full embed teeth. Y diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 0 7/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. as c2a WEB$ a 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never materials inadequately braced trusses. p � 0 a0 0 stack on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate For U ve a designer, erection supervisor, property owner and 0-1/4' from outside a u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. c2-e Cer cs-s BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI I. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In Mill 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19°%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO ' PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LERERS. n consideration and is the 10. Camber it width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 f truku auric responsibility of buss fabricator. General practice is to t 10 slats. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or pur ins provided of output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MTekO All Rights Reserved 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ` ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 11, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER ro PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. r MRek Engineering Reference Sheet. Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type aY Ply Tom I=olDoran Residence 67969 GRD HIP 2 Oh ❑ T I F P( 2 - --_--- -- --- ------------ ------•---a ---- ----- 4.4ue5ruai0zuuulnneBmausUUs,lnc. Thu Jun2812:41:562007 Page2 NOTES 10) Girder carries hip end with 9-0-0 right side setback, 9-M left side setback, and 7-" end setback 1-1) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 908 lb down and 577 lb up at 37-0-0, and 908 lb down and 577 lb up at 9-0-0 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. LOAD CASE(S) Standard g) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increasa=1.33 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1-0=-90, 4-10=-188(F=-98),10-13=90, 1-22=-20,15-22--42(F=22),13-15=20 Concentrated Loads (Ib) Vert: 22=908(F)15=-908(F) r A WARNIXO -Verify desgn parameters aM aE9D NOTES 0NTNDl AND rNOLDDED IDTERREPEREATEPAGB ffi -7473 DElOEE USM Design valid for use only with Mitek connectors, this design is based only upon parameters shown, and h for an Individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibiGN of balding designer- not Muss designer. Bracing shown MiTek' b for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction h the responsibillity of Me erector. Additional permanent bracing of he overall structure B Me responsbilily of the building designer. Far general guidance regarding .m.ev m.r.... fabrication, quality control; storage, delivery. erection and bracing. consult A N31/TPIt puanty Claeft a55-89 and BCUI Buffdng Component 1,1515 N. Cider Forty, suite Il300 tafety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, W1 D'Onofrio Drive, Madison, col 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in fit -in -sixteenths. 6-4-8 dimensions shown to f scale) � (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury g Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth, I I I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-brocin g g, is always required. See BCSI1. O 1/16, 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T. I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. � ct-z [za WEBS cze 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never materials inadequately braced trusses. 0 O �y� O stack on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate O vn a = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-11iE' from outside 0- u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. 0 0- 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. CJ8 Cb) C58 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 b 5 Joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber it anon -structural consideration and is the width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, sae, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. If Indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless othenvise noted. Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable *.�*R environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with _-- - - project engineer before use. Industry Standards: 1f1Yf ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal , ® 19, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Woad Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DS8-89: Design Standard for Bracing. I �e BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM."' ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MUek Engineering Reference Sheet. Mll-7473 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply Tom Izm/Damn Residence 67969 GRE HIP 1 1 Chami Truss Job Rele nce I'd t ll 0-0-0E-rt Pierce u 76 5.300 s Feb 152006 MITek Industries Inc. Thu Jumiltd2:41:58 2007 Pagel 24-D 9.0.0 14$-8 205-0 27-1-0 295-0 24-0 68.0 58.8 58.8 6$0 24-0 7X10 MII18H� 4.00 F12 3.5 M112011 7x10 MIH8Ha 0-M 2-" 68-0 ,a 11 1p Tx8M1118H= 5.8 WISH Ill 3x10lull 58-8 588 7.8 M1118H= 9-" 0-" Scale =1:520 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [3:0-54 0-2-01, [5:05-0 0-2-01 [9:03-8 Edne1 f12Y03-0 Ed0e1 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) 0de8 Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.97 Verl OA2 10 >699 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.63 Vart(TL) -0.7210-12 >411 180 MII18H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr NO WB 0.89 Horz(7L) 0.11 8 n1a ala 10.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) -BCDL Weight: 140 lb TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D *Except' T22 X4 SYP SS BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP SS WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except* W2 2 X 4 SYP No.21), Will 2 X 4 SYP No.2D REACTIONS (Iblsize) 13=32031(l 8=3203/0-0-0 Max Horz 13=85(load Use 5) Max Upliftl 3=-2055(load case 3), 8=2055(load case 4) BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied. BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 3-74 oc bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 2-12, 6-9 FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension .TOP CHORD 1-2=-3071167, 23=-612113645, 34=7039/4314, 4-5=-703914314, 5-6=-6121/3645, 6-7=J07/185 BOT CHORD 1-13=-1591306,1243=1001306,11-12--3367/5735,10-11=3367/5735, 9-10=330915735, 8-9=157/306, 7-8=1571306 WEBS 2-13=3D0411969, 2-12=3317/5448, 3-12=-168/438, 3-10=-94211637, 4-10=1156/908, 5-10=542/1637, 5-9=1681438, 6-9=331415448, 6-8=3004/1969 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ff; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Dpsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; Cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. '4) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconc ment with any other live loads. 5) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 6) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding2055 lb uplift at joint 13 and 2065 ' ;lb uplift at Joint 8. P 8) Girder carries hip end with 9-0-0 right side setback, 9-0-0 left side setback, and 7-U end setback. 9).Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support Concentrated loads) 908 lb down and 677lb up at 20-5-0, and 908 lb down and 577 lb up at 9-0-0 on bottom chord. The designiselection of such Connection devices) is the responsibility of others. 10) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard RE4nsig only Designuse v4tn ilek connectors.is basedonly upon upon parameters shown, antlbloranintlivitlualbuilding component. parameters component. for use onlywith Mnekconnectors. inc ofcomponent incorporation Aforlatralsupy of designparamentwebmeers, and inly.Addfinafemporarybacingtosinsurty ofbuiidringcer-nottrussteresp.Bracingshown bersoper rs for lateral support of intlivitlual web members Additu rpl temporary bracing to insure of the is the reepgareli N duringconstructiongeneral erector. Additional permanent bracingve the overall very the responsibility building is the responsibility of the Quilling designer. For general guidance d g g Como _We_k• control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult icon. Pll 3719. GIfM°. D56-69 and eC511 BeOding Component and bracing, g fabrication, Information Safety INormaBon available from truss Plata ImliNfe, 583 D'OnoMo Drive, Madison. WI53719. N. Outer Forty, Suite #300 Chest Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION -1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. -. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1r16" from outside edge of truss. O o! O M U O r Numbering System 648 I dimensions shown t t scale) f sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS Cl rr O U U O A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on Inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BU I I UM I:HUKUJ 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates The B 7 6 5 in joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots locations are regulated by AN51 TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. ' Plate location detalls available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide To Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. , © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek" POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Comber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purins provided of spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 1 B. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. T Job Truss Truss Type luolDoran Resistance 67969 GRE HIP 17�EJ Reference, (optional) Truss Inc., Fort Pierce FI. 34982, Sang Chat Tan, PEM766 6.300 s Feb 16 tares MITek Indus des, Inc. Thu Jun 2812.41:59 2007 Page 2 LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular: Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 1.3=-90, 3-5=188(F=-98), 5-7=-90,1-12=-20, 9-12-42(F=-22), 7.9=-20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert:12=908(F) 9=908(1`) A Ur&NV1 O-Vert(Ndesl9nPaanetere and READ NOTES ON TNIS ZlkrCEUDED ffiTERREPERCNCS PAGE 1HD-7473 EEPORE USE. ER9• Design valid for use only with MOek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. eyY� Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of components responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown iviiTek' 4 for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during construction 6 the responsloUlity of me erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the respormblity of the building designen For general guidance regarding fobricotion, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult AN51l Quality Criteria, GSB-99 and BCSII Bull Component 14515 N. Outer Fany, Suite #300 Safety leformation available from Two Plate Institute, 563 D'Onofrio Drive, Madison, WI 53I19. Chesterfeld, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y /4 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ff-in-sixteenths. 6-4-8 sixteenths udimensions shown t t f scale) (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury 9 1 rY Apply plates To both sides of truss I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. and fully embed teeth. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 1 „ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 2 3 wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T TOP CHORDS bracing should be considered. cl s cYa WEBS 4 Ct, 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced busses. 0 O �'� 'I WO stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building Forx 2 orientation, locate n = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and ;4 plates 0-'he' from outside a +j0` u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. p 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. a)d ab) Cbf � BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This Symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. • Plate location details available In Ill20/20 Software or Upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. non-structural and ice 10. Camber it width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 f truaicconsideration is responsibility of buss fabricator. General practice is to t To slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. The length parallel 10 slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, 1 or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings Occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable MAIN��® environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: I—=�.r^+I WW"i project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal , ® 19. Review all portions of this design (front: back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. I T e BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling' POWER TO PERFORM.' ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bcing of Metal Plate , W - Connected Wood TfU5sie5. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet MII-7473 � , Job Truss Truss Type 0ty Ply Tom I=iDomn Residence 67969 J7 MONO TRUSS 24 1 gwlp ch—h—T.... ... c..»oi--- r--r_., Job Reference o tional -M-6 rea m umo mu ex mausmse. Inc. snu Jun W 1Z:42:00 2007 Page 1 Scale =1.7.6 PSON S16 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (list) 8de0 Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.61 Vert(LL) 0.00 5 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCOL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) 0.00 5 >999 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.14 HOrz(TL) -0.03 3 nfa n1a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004fTP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 10 lb LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 SOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-" oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=-288/1111echanical, 4=-2581Mechamcal, 5=860/0-8-0 Max Horc 5=75(load case 3) Max Uplift3=288(load case 1), 4=-258(load case 1), 5=867(load rase 3) Max Grav, 3=265(load rase 3), 4=285(load case 3), 5=860(load case 1) FORCES (lb) - Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-70157, 2-3=-106I84 BOT CHORD 1-6=0)75, 4-5=0/0 WEBS 2S=S101459 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. • 2) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Refer to girders) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 2881b uplift at joint 3, 258 lb uplift at joint 4 and 867 lb uplift at joint S. LOAD CASE(S) Standard { ® WA M.Ver ydeegnparomerersarNR&ADITITPSONT8f3ANDA MEDIDTEERePEAEECEPA0EMA7473Da"Y USa am' Design valid for use only with MITek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. ApplicobTly of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility, of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Mire k' is for for lateral support of individual members only. Additional temporarybracing to insure stability during construction a the responsibillily of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the respamiblity, of building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSIl quality Cdtada. DSB-89 and SCSII Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite CiM Safety information available from Truss Plate lnsAtute. 583 D'Onofdo DAve, Madison. W 53719. Chesterfield. MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION _11� 4-1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y Lz W offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/lbr i T i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/4'from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 sottware or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 "Width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 64-8 dimensions shown t t scale) (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS O x U O r JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95-43, 96 31, 667A 3, 96046, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trus{es. ❑ K O x U O r— © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved rr. MiTek® POWER To PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mll-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. S. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator.: General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Qualify Criteria. Tress Truss Type Qt PtyTom lee/Doran Residence E J3 MONO TRDSS 2D 1 Job Reference foo6onal) 0-0-0 ..,.», .a, .an, ram.,...,,,.. 0-0-0 0-0-0 2011112011 owu s ran to zuue muex mousmes, mc. no Sun za Tz:4z:u1 zuu r Page 1 Scale =1:11.2 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" C31 DER In (loc) Udefl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.53 Vert(LL) 0.01 45 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.40 Vert(TL) 0.111 45 >999 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.09 Harz(TL) -0.04 3 Na n1a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 1616 r LUMBER TOP CHORD 2%4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD 2%4 SYP No.3 WEBS 2%4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 3=4511111achanical, 4=25/Mechanical, 5=514/0-e-0 Max Hot 5=126(load case 3) Max Uplift3=49(Ioad case 4), 4=25(load case 1), 5=453(load case 3) Max Grav 3=45(load case 1), 4=51(load case 3). 5=514(load case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=124158, 2-3=-57f7 BOTCHORD 15=01126,4-5=010 WEBS 25=J60/307 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4,2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category If; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for thus to truss Connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 49111 uplift at joint 3, 25lb uplift at joint 4 and 453 lb uplift at joint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wA m.VerWdeslenparamefersarrdn MIT=ONTNI3AN➢rNCLUDBDbDrEAnfiPSREACe PAG BDr-7473 DErONaeaa. rMR Design valid for use only Win Nliek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an Individual building component. 1611 Applicoblify of design paramentea and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to imure stability during construction Is Me responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure B Me responsibility of Me burning designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control,storage,delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIMi pusniv Cdfeda,DSB-B9 and SCSI1 BuBding Component Safety Information avolobie from Truss Plate Insc ute, 583 D'Onofdo Drive. Madison. N M719. 14515 N. Outer Ferry, Suite 000 Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-4id' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate IocaHon details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown in h-in-sixteenths III (Drawings not to scale] Q W O x U o_ O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: y� -7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730 95- 3, 96ESR-31, 667A 3, 9604B, by Text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T. I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Mood Trusses. _ 0 rr O x U a O © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved r.� "AwN MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- MtTek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mll-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/rPl 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum ploting requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 7S. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Tress Truss Type Oty Ply Tom IuolDomn Residence 67969 J5 MONO TRUSS 18 1 Job Reference (optional) p-0A c6� 3x4 M1120= wu-0 _. zxa wlzo ll 2 D-0-02x3 M1120 It 7-0.0 4.110 12 B1 3 eager Scale=1:14.1 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 3D.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.67 Vedo -0.02 4-5 >999 360 MIU0 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.35 Vert(TL) -0.02 45 >999 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.11 HOrz(TL) -0.02 3 n1a nia BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rTP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 22 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2X 4SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=156/Mechanical, 4=Z7lMechanical, 5=572I0-6-0 Max Ho¢ 5=177(load case 3) Max Uplift3=134(load case 3), 5=453(load case 3) Max Grav 3=156(load case 1), 4=67(load case 2), 5=572(load Case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--182164, 2J=-79136 BOT CHORD 1-5=0/177, 45=0/0 WEBS 2-5=448/380 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Dpsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrem with arty other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical Connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 134lb uplift at joint 3 and 453lb uplift atjoint S. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A AWARNMO-Vert(y6eaignpnmmeren and READ NOTE30N T81R AND ATLr1DSD MREB REFERENCE PAGE bra-7473 BBFoala all raga• Design valid for use only with Mgek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component, i1YYY Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component k resporclUlityof building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Mire k' n for lateral support of Individual veb members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is Me responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure B the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidonce regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult AN91/rPil Oualey Cdleria. DSB-89 and BCSI1 Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite N300 Safely Information ovalable from Truss Plate Institute. 683 D'Onofno Orive, Madison, WI 53719. Chesterteld, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of Truss and fully embed teeth. -'/116' i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-14a from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in MIFek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 648 1 1 dimensions shown tscale) sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or 9730ESR-1315 43, 96 31, 966 5243, 9604B. by Text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Good Trusses. O M U O r © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek" POWER To PERFORM."' Mirek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or altemafive T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and In all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Truss Truss Type OtY ply InolDoren Residence r17969b J7 MONO TRUSS 43 i IT" lob Reference (optional) 3x4 MIi20= 2x3 M112011 0-0-2x3 MUM 11 aavuarCU Ia LVVa lYlI1CR 1IlYY5Y • r4. IIIYJY„La IL:9L:VJ LVU! rage'1 9-0-0 3 4.00 12 4 X4ad -LOADING (pat) SPACING 2-0-0 CS' DEFL in (loc) Odell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.52 Vert(LL) -0.06 45 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.27 Vert(TL) -OAS 45 >607 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.15 Horz(TL) -0.05 3 n1a Na BCDL 10.D Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 281b S LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.21) BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No213 WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 3=24811111echanical, 4=64/Mechanical, 5-66110-" Max Hom 5=228(load rase 3) Max Uplift3=-211(load rase 3), 5=-086(load case 3) Max Grav 3=248(load case 1), 4=113(load case 2), 5=661(load case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionllBaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-246176, 2-3=-107160 BOT CHORD 15=D/228, 45=010 WEBS 2-5=6701488 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. NOTES 1) Wind; ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nomenclatural With any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate Inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 211 lb uplift at joint 3 and 486 Ib uplift at joint S. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARN)NO-ynify 4esignpaameten and READ NOTES ONTATS AND)NCLDDED LrirErr REFERENCE PAGE MR-f4fa 8EPoIt8 tISE. �g� Design valid for use on"th MTek connectors. This design 0 based only upon parameters shown, and h for an individual building component. Yr1M Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not toss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral supportwe of individual b members only. Additional temporobro rycing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of Me MiTek' erector. Addifional permanent bracing of the overall structure a the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabdcaron, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIf Ph Quality Criteria, DSB-89 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 O'OnoMp Ddve, Madison. N 53719. and BC'SII Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite #300 Chesterfield, MO 6M17 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4-1 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 -'/16 For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1ni' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. "Plate location details available In MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System 648 dimensions shown t ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not }o scale) O M U O r JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 3 5 , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII : Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MiTekO All Rights Reserved .. "R MiTek® POWER TO PERFORM.- MUek Engineering Reference Sheet Mil-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be Suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSIAPI 1 Quality Criteria. LOADING (psf) TCLL 30.0 TCDL 15.0 BCLL 10.0 BCDL 10.0 JB SPACING 2-" CSI Plates Increase 1.33 TC 021 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.17 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.3 BOT CHORD 2X 4SYP N0.3 WEBS 2X 4 SYPNo.3 1 s DEFL In (loc) Bdefl Lid Vert(L-) 0.01 34 >999 360 V@rt(TL) -0.01 34 >999 180 Horz(TL) -0.01 2 Na Na PLATES GRIP M1120 2491190 Weight: 10 Ib Scale = 1:10.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-0-0 oc puffins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 2=113/Mechanical, 4=149/OJ-8, 3=36/Mechanical Max Ho¢ 4=69(load case 3) Max Upli1t2--103(load case 3), 4=54(load case 3), 3=12(load case 3) Max Grav 2=113(Ioad case 1). 4--149(load case 1), 3=53(load case 2) FORCES (Its)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-41/28,1-0=-13182 BOT CHORD 34=08 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=3.Opsf-, Category 11; Fxp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) 'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcumerd with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 103 lb uplift at joint 2, 54 lb uplift at joint 4 and 121b uplift at joint 3. r LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARMNno NN deaignrxirvmefersaM READ NDflf9 ON aH(eAND INCLUDED tdrrER REPCREATE PAGE dfD7a73 ➢EPY1RE aEE. (�{e Design valid for use only vJh mi connectors. This designs based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building tlesigner- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibillity of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure 6 the respombility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding - fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection antl bracing, consuls Mn/TPII III Criteria, DSB-89 and 0011 Building Component Safely Inca rnaNan available from Truss Plate Institute. 583 D'Onofno Orive, Madison. M 53719. 14515 N. Outer Forst', Suite A300 Chesterfield. MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. O 1/1d, ,— For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/,6" from outside edge of truss. Numbering System I 6-4-8 dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) I I 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS CI-2 WEB$ 4 O u �yri C23 3 p a U wn a a u U ® General Safety Notes FaProperty ld C C ll F t r ilue o Follow Could Cause Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, g g, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be consideNred. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. cra co-r cse O BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss of each This symbol indicates The 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by AN51/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with AN51/rPl t. ' Plate location details available In MIIek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LERERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late P CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. non-structural consideration and is the 10. Camber it v width measured perpendicular t responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to /` to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that ^� 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MfTek® All Rights Reserved 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ® 18. Use green treated lumber may pose unacceptable nmental,1, health or performance risks. Consult with environmental, project engineer before use. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSI I : Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Goad Practice for Handling, POWER To PERFORM." ANSI/rPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: Mll-7473 , -_--, — 2 1 1 6-0-0 2 r Scale=1:14.1 4.0o u 3x4 M112011 1 3 03641M112011 2-3-1 0-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL In (loc) Udell Ltd PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 TCDL Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.63 Vert(LL) 0.05 3-4 >999 360 M1120 2491190 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.44 Vert(TL) -0.07 34 >776 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 HOrz(TL) 0.05 2 are Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004111712002 (Matrix) Weigh: 1616 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.3 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.3 TOP CHORD SWctural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-0 oc puffins, WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD except end verticals. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1941Mechanical, 4=259/0J-0, 3=641MechaniceI Max HOM 4=120(load case 3) Max Uplift2=169(load-case 3), 4=107(load case 30=46(load case 3) Max Gmv 2=194(load case 1), 4-259(load case 1), 3=92(load rase 2) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=73146,142291151 BOT CHORD 34=0/0 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.0psf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 pat bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 169lb uplift at joint 2, 1071b uplift at joint 4 and 16 lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard V i wAI�MNG- pertly design Pammefera end REFEREMC6P4Ga3ra-2923rncompone, Apon D rl desUres basedonlyar metedIITEx parameterscomponent. Design valid for use onlyara Maek connectors. This tlesgnon onoupon parametersshown,antlrs loranir-rot of of component tnubuilding of building nolhuss shown poradual erswe inly. lacing isfoAppr labial membersnd tehe resp.Bracing is support ring cer- support of Addfionofempora web members only. Additional al temporary bracing to imu of the to insure iidance foot. Ad permanent erector. Additional pennanenl bracing of the overall the of Me Quality designer. For general guidance ildingstabilityfnen Far general g regarding _MiTe_k' g Coming control, ilablstorage, ss Plate erection antlbracing• consult icon, PIt3719, criteria, 058-99 and aC1I1 Building Component and b o i onsulf AIJ safety Information available safety Inlarmaxon ava8able From Truss Plate InsfiNte.583 D'Onofrio Drive, Matlisan, WI53719. N.Outer Forty,Suitea300 Chest Chesterfield, M06301] Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 Center plate on joint unless x, y /0� Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. { Dimensions are in fi-in-sixteenths. I 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t f scale) � 'Drawings not To scale) Damage or Personal Injury 9 _/\0 Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. I I 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, g g, is always required. See BC511. O 7/76„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator T bracing should be considered. cl-z cza 11 WEB$ 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p y uNsa'vri t stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate 0 pp a = designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-'ld' from outside a �' u U all other interested parties. edge of Truss. Rc Ce cs s 1 0 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. Connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. B. Unless otherwise noted. moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with Fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 0. Camberil a non-structural consideration and is the 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Boll am chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location Where bearings - 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but 4e� © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. z.. ® PAWN 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards: project engineer before use. ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal , ® 19. Review all portions of this design 'front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. is not sufficient. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. ' �e M BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER Ina PERFORM." ANSI/IPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing 8. Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII.7473 Tmss Truss Type qry Ply Tom Izro/Oomn Residence EJob 67969 KJ3 MONO TRUSS 2 t Job Reference (optional) 0-04 e..mu s rep Da lueti MlTex mausme9, Inc. Thu Jun 26 124207 2007 Pagel 0-0-0 D-0-0 20 1111120It LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Udefl Lid TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 _ TC 0.32 Veri -0.02 45 >999 360 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.23 Vert(TL) -0.02 45 >999 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr NO WB 0.10 Hom(TL) -0.03 3 his n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No,3 REACTIONS (Ibis-Ize) 3=201/Mechanical,4=44/Mechanica1,5=41710-115 Max Horz 5=109(load case 3) Max Uplift3=154(load case 4), 4=11(load Case 6), 5=-470(load case 3) Max Grav 3=201(load case 1), 4=62(load Case 2). 5=417(load case 1) FORCES (Its)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2-119/29, 23=51/33 BOT CHORD 1-5=0/109, 4-5=010 WEBS 25=-340/321 PLATES GRIP MI120 2491190 Weight: 221b BRACING TOPCHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 Do purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M oc bracing. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.0psf; Category II; Exp C; encbsed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 15416 uplift adjoint 3,11 lb uplift at joint 4 and 470 Its uplift at joint S. 6) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase-1.33 Trapezoidal Loads (plf) Vert: 1=O(F=45, B=45)4o-3=-158(F=34, B=-34), 1=0(F=10, B=10)4,-4=35(F=8, B=5) AWARMN Pekconn+¢nd READAOTI+b ONTffiS RBPEFENCoind M2, Design foronly with component. only paometersy own and6 Actualcomponent, This tleslgnoIs bao arame parameters for use onlpaomentemand n i1YY Applicvalid Proper ent design componesignir-not Two designer. Siccing shown design paodual web members Incorporation Addonoiemponsentlsotponsinsuyotlofty dying construction Is lateral support temporary bracing to insure etabnly during co n the of the Is for lofeol support of individual web members only. Aructur Wek' erector. Additional pennaneorage, ng oflhe ovaron I Me buatlingtlesigner.Forgend guidance regorbing M, mural lBildsBuilding .4515m a andbreb delivery, erection and bracing, tore, AN51 l consult ANSI/i CdIMa. D59-e9 and DRII BuOdinp Component for Outer Forty, Suite f1300 f 4516 Oular or WI 3719.Quality Safety I align ailablstooge, 3atoly IMormaDon available from truss Plate Institute. 593 D'OnoGo Drive, Madison, WI53719. r CM1asteRelq MO 63017 -j Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0-1/11, For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-%6 from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 64-8 dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS O O U U O 1- JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LERERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING ATTHE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: g/ 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek" POWER TO PERFORM.^ MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by on engineer. For Wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T. I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. I5. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Truss Truss TypaOtY]PIYTtain Iuo/Doran Residence P70969 KJ7 MONO TRUSS 8 OD Referents (optional) .-oo— reu ,o auuo mn ea mausmes, roc. ma 4un zo i2:42:1u zuoir-i-age 1 3-2-14 7-2-11 2-2-7 2x3 M02D\\ 293 12 9 3 7 1 SI2x3 M112011 2 NIT 6 3.4 M112D= 9 10 0-0-0 5 3x41 3-2-14 95-2 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CS1 DEFL In (lot) Udell GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.58 Vert(LL) -0.22 55 >600 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.60 Vert(TL) -0.47 55 >232 qUdPLATES BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.18 Hoa(TL) -0.01 6 nla BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight- 441b LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D WEBS 2X 4 SYP No.3 Scale = 1:21.1 4 .. BRACING TOPCHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0oc purlins. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or"-D oc bracing. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 4=9110-", 6=746/0-1 l-5, 5=619/OJ-8 Max Horz 4=-620(load case 3), 5=848(load case 3) Max Uplil 09(load case 3), 6=527(load case 3), 5=-426(load case 3) FORCES (Ils)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--491/767, 2-7--3701113, 7-8=J571188, 3-"77/203, 3.4=-632/539 BOT CHORD 1-0=110/478, 6-D=1101478, 940=110/47B, 5-10=1101478 WEBS 25=521/491, 3-5=6761584 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 list bottom chord live load nonconcurrentwith any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1D9 lb uplift at joint 4, 527 lb uplift at joint 6 and 426 1b uplift at joint 5. 5) Non Standard bearing condition. Review required. 6) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord atjohil4. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection devices) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)11 Its down and 37 lb up at 7-1-15,11 Ib down and 371b up at 7-1-15, and 591b down and 75 ib up at 9.1 t-14, and 1191b down and 751b up at 9-11-14 on top chord, and 40 Ib down at 941-14, 401b down at 9-1144, and 30 Ib up at 7-1415, and 3016 up at 74-15 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. e) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of thetruss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASES) Standard 1) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 14=-9D,1-5=20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 7=73(F=37, B=37) ill9(F=-59, B=59)10=-37(F=-18, B=, 8) A WAEWNO-9'erl/yd gnpavmetersarWEPw1DNOTE90NTN(9ANDA'OLODEDMTTEREEFERENCEPAOEdm-74T3DEr1DREDER c� Design valid for use on"th Mifek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. rtAe Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bcire rang to Insure, stability during construction is the responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure a Me resporuibl of the balding designer. For general guidance regarding fabdcation,quGlityconhol.storage.defivery,ere flonondbracing.comult ANSI/IPI1 Quality Crllerla,DSB-89 and IICSil eul ing Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite e300 Safely Information available from Truss Plate Institute, Sal D'Onofrio Drive. MGduon, cal 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System I ® General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'14 from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. I"i4;Titg I2LHteZd_\iI*]: I 6-4-$ I dimensions shown t ft-in-sixteenths II�II (Drawings not to scale) a O M U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. , a iX O x U 0- 0 © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet Mll-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For Wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type OTy Ply Tom 19xWDomn Resitlance 67969 JA MONO TRUSS 6 f Job Reference o an ..._., ittizz....... ......... -- o.oVa s rea l0 [a1 b ail l eR maaesere a . Inu Jun Za 13:42:u4 zuui Page l 1:16.8 0-0-9.3 M112011 2-" 6-6-9 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CS] DEFL in (loc) Udefl Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.49 Verf(LL) -0.05 45 >999 360 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumberincrease 1.33 BC 0.25 Vert(TL) -0.14 45 >546 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.14 HOrz(TL) -0.05 3 Na n1a BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight 25Ito LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D TOP CHORD Stnrctural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X4 SYP No.2D BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc lancing. WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Iblsize) 3=2431111echanical, 4=621Mechanical, 5=65510-8-0 Max Horz 5=225(load case 3) Max Uplift3=-207(load case 3). S=A83(load rase 3) Max Gran, 3=243(load was 1), 4=110(load case 2), 5=655(load case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-242075, 23=105159 BOT CHORD 15=-01225, 4-5=010 WEBS 2-5=-562i481 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2pst; BCDL=3.0psf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; Cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. ' 2) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 2071b uplift at joint 3 and 4831b uplift atjoint 5. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wARNFNG-VerVydeslyn Da,amerenaMn NO763ONTWSANDN9rLUDNDd1 =RSFrnai PAGEM-7473a330R3 . �- Design valid for use only with Milek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component a responsibility of building designer- not truss designee Bracing shown Mire k• is forlatemtiowl l support of individual web members only. Additemporary bracing to insure stability during construction is Me respomibillity, of the erector. Additional peanonent bracing of the overall structure n the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, camult ANSIl Oualay CMeda, DSB-89 and 10011 Bonding Component 14515 N. Outer Forty, Suite #300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 583 OOnofrlo Drive, Madison, WI 53719. ChWertelQ MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/ldr L -J�� T For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1nd' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 sotiware or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 X 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING Numbering System 6-4-8 I dimensions shown t t ft-in-sixteenths III (Drawings not to scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ]CC -ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 3 5 , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wbod Trusses. © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek' POWER TO PERFORM."' MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For Wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI I. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type pry Pty Tom ItmlDomn Residence 67969 KJA MONO TRUSS 2 1 Job Relemnce (optional) Chambers Truss Inc., .12 3x4 M1120= 34agl7,.&eng V nal Ian, rtg9ala6 2x3 M112011 0-0-0 10-2-12 283 12 6300 s Feb 15 2006 MITek Industries, Inc. Thu Jun 2812:42:12 201F7"PSje 1 2x3 MI1200 23-2 Scale=1:20.8 11 2MO-04 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (Ice) Odeft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 3D.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.57 Vert(LL) -0.22 55 >481 360 M1120 249119D TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.68 Vert(TL) -0.54 55 >198 180 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr NO WB 0.18 Horz(TL) -0.01 6 We Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 4316 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X4 SYP No.213 TOP CHORD BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 BOT CHORD WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 4=103/0-3A, 5=66710-3-0, 6=77910-115 Max Horn 4=622(load Case 3), 5=947(load case 3) Max Uplift4=123(load Case 3), 5=445(load Case 3), 6—=r49(load Case 3) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOPCHORD 1-2--461/129,2-7=-34Of75,3-7=-335/143,34--6381555 BOT CHORD 1-6=-731451, 6-8=-731451, 8-9=-731451, 5-9=73/451 WEBS 35=731/607,2-6=-5311490 Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-" oc purlins. Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 2)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 pal bottom chord live load nonconcufrent with any other live loads. 3) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 4) Provide mechanical Connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate Capable of withstanding 123 lb uplift at joint 4, 445 lb uplift at joint 5 and 649 lb uplift at joint 6. 5) Non Standard bearing Condition. Review required. 6) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at joint(s) 4. 7) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s)11 Ib down and 37 lb up at 7.145, 18 Ib down and 42Ib up at 7-1-15, and 59 lb down and 75 Ib up at 941-14, and 82 lb down and 85111 up at 9.1144 on top chord, and 13 lb down and 11 Ib up at 7-1-16, 401b down at 9-1144, and 5216 doom and 12 lb up at 9-1144, and 30lb up at 7446 on bottom chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) Is the responsibility of others. ji) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Regular. Lumber Increase=1.33, Plate Increase=1.33 Uniform Loads (plf) Vert: 14— 0,1-5=20 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 3=-142(F=59, B=-82) 7=18(F=37, B=-18) 8=13(13) 9=-58(F=-18, B=-40) AWARMNO-y i/yQd9n,arvmehnwQREADNOnEaON79a5ANDINCLUDED4UTEKREPEENCEPAGEMa-99T3BEMa8USE. Design valid for use only vnth Minsk connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an Individual binding component. Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporation of component B responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to Insure stability during con truchon a the responsibility of the Wek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overan structure is the responeblity, of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quanty conhol, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIQPII Quality Cdterla. D58-89 and SM11 Bonding Component 14515 N. Outer Fatly, Suite a300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Imtilute, 583 D'Onoblo Drive. MaOaon, W 53719. Chesterfield MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 �/TSr L I [J�For4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1he' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION BEARING dimensions shown t t scale) f sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) I 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. , O 0 O U U O © 2006 Mrek® All Rights Reserved MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, Individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in oil respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, If no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. 6-0-0 5X6611Q0= 2 s I "-a 3x4 8111W0 2X3 M02011 3x4 MI120C D-0-0 Scale=1:19.2 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-" CSI DEFL In (loc) UdeO Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.54 Vert(LL) n1a - Na 999 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.34 Vert(TL) nla - nla 999 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.09 Hor2(TL) 0.00 3 rda Na BODL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 3616 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=221112-0-0,3=221112-0-0,4--680112-04 Max Hom 1=48(load case 5) Max Upliftl=-130(load case 3), 3=137(load case 6), 4=-318(load case 3) Max Grav 1=237(load case 7), 3=237(load case 8), 4=680(load case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=95167, 2-3=-95155 BOTCHORD 1-4=-2131,3-4=2131 - WEBS 2-4-5061309 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 14Smph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Fxp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) *This truss has been designed fora 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcument with arry other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 5) Gpble requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 130 lb uplift at joint 1, 137lb uplift at joint 3 and 318lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A WARNING-9erlfydWgn PnramerrrsaM READ NOTES ONTNIBAND A'CLUDED SIREN 1G?TERENCB PAGE dfn-T9T3 BElORE U9&. _E'• Design valid for use or"th l connectors. rna design is based only upon porometers shovm, and6 for on individual building component. No Applicability of design poramenters and proper incorporaflon of component 6 responsibility, of building designer- not buss designer. Bracing shown Mire k• is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction tithe responsibility of the erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure Is the anpomibiiity, of the building designer. Forgeneml guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIAI ll Quality C4leda, DSB-89 and Ball Banding Component 14515 N. Outer Fatty, Suite=0 Safety Inlorma8on available from Truss Plate institute, 563 D'Onofrio Dave, Madison. W1 M719. Chester ieM, MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. T For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-%6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MRek 20/20 software or upon request. 12WA1#BY44 The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Numbering System I 6-4_$ dimensions shown tsca le) (Drawings not to scale) O O 2 U O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction seclioDindicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O U U O © 2006 MiTek(D All Rights Reserved mIr MiTeko POWER TO PERFORM." Mgek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 ® General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I . Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures( before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. 8-0-0 0-0-0 5x12 MII18H= 2 I 8-0-0 Scale=1:25.6 LOADING (pat) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Udell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.63 Ved(LL) Fda - - n1a 999 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.33 Ved(TL) n1a - Na 999 M1118H 1951188 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WS 0.13 Horz(TL) OAO 3 n1a rda BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) Weight 49 lb LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 GOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.213 OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc puriins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. vo REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=310/i6-".3=310116-0-0,4=94211"-o Max Horz 1=67(load case 5) Max Uplift1=182(load case 3), 3=-192(load case 6), 4=440(load case 3) Max Gray 1=331(load case 7), 3=331(load case 8), 4=942(load case 1) FORCES (lb)- Maximum CompressionlMaximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-140198, 2-3=140172 BOT CHORD 14=-7151, 3-4=4151 WEBS 24=-7001428 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02, 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen forquality assurance inspection. 6) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 182 lb uplift at joint 1, 192 lb uplift at joint 3 and 440 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard z rwnmatcrsa,Q nE DNOSES ONTffi39d A wARNTNforuse B. EPERENCEPADa Md>423ingcom a M®I Design valid usegn my Win only pon parametersshown, and is one M7ex connectors. Tharporaton Para incorporation of component is -not Trussdsiigncomponent. iscingto responsibility ofbilltlduringigner-uctiOnis designer shown lsupport Ada6onofemporaent isfoAppr lateralof indiltersandpbers tereSp.Bmcing support of individual web members only. Atldititemporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the respoardiing of Me is for tor. Wek' erector. Ad Additional overall i bi building designer.Forgeneralguafonce regarding quanalannonentbracingofthe Nofthe fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and'O trading. consult AN5 Wl1 Oua18y OdhMa, DSB 89 and BCSII BuOding Component andstructureraBg. consult Solely Inlormo8on avaJable hom Truss Plate Insfitute, 583 D'OnoMo Drive, Madison, WI53r19. N.Outer Forty, x300 Chest Chesterfield, MO 63017 7 Symbols Numbering System ®General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3 " Center plate on joint unless x, y -� /4 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-In-sixteenths. � 6�48 � dimensions shown in H-in (Drawings not to scale) Damage or Personal Injury 9 1 fY Apply plates to both Sides of truss and fully embed teeth. I I I . Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-brocin g g, is always required. See BCSII. 0 7/16„ 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. i cis cza WEBS 4 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never inadequately braced trusses. p y r O �y'I } stack materials on 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building For 4 x 2 orientation, locate U ve a designer, erection supervisor, property owner and plates 0-149' from outside n. �` u U all other interested parties. edge of truss. a Od Cb) CS6 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 0-0 BOTTOM CHORDS 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each This symbol indicates the 8 7 6 5 joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint required direction of slots in locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. connector plates. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO PLATE SIZE THE LEFT. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. The first dimension is the late p CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. 10. Camber Isanon-structural consideration and is the dicular 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular responsibility of buss Fabricator. General practice is to to slots. Second dimension is camber for dead load deflection. the length parallel to slots. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS indicated are minimum plating requirements. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ICC-ES Reports: 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311. ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, specified. by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 spacing Indicated on design. if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, BEARING or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. Indicates location where bearings 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior (supports) occur. Icons vary but © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved approval of an engineer. reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. ..® "*R 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with Industry Standards- project engineer before use. ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal ® 19, Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pibefore use. Reviewing pictures alone Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. ff cie cient. is not Buuf DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. MiTek BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with Guide to Good Practice for Handling, POWER TO PERFORM.'" ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. MITek Engineering Reference Sheet: MU-7473 67969 10-M 1 4M M020= 3 .,s moos If 2,311 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-041 CS] DEFL in (loc) Odell Lid TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.63 VerRLL) Na - Na 999 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.33 Vert(TL) Na - Na 999 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.12 HOrs(TL) 0.00 5 Na Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rTP120D2 (Matrix) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP N0.3 BOT CHORD 2X 4 SYP N0.3 OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 10-0-0 PLATES GRIP M1120 2491190 Weight: 6716 Scale: 3111l BRACING TOP CHORD Stmetuml wood sheathing directly applied or 6-" oc purlins. BOTCHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0oc bracing. REACTIONS (Ibilsize) 1=231120-0-0, 6=231120-M, 7=331i20-0-0, 9=605120-M, 6=605120-0-0 Max Horz 1=85(load case 6) Max Uplift1=114(load case 3), 5=423(load case 4), 7=92(load case 3), 9=492(load case 5), 6=J92(load case 6) Max Grey 1=231(load case 1), 5=231(lead case 1), 7=331(load case 1), 9=613(load case 7), 6=613(load case 8) FORCES (lb) - Maximum CompressionfMaximum Tension TOPCHORD 1-2=-81170,2J=82H45,3-4=-021136,4-5=-81f70 BOT CHORD 19=0169, 8-9=0169, 7$=0169, 6-7=0169, 5-6=0169 WEBS 3-7=-2891131,2-9=4731389,4-6=47313a9 NOTES 1) Unbalanced mot live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.0psF, Category II; Exp C; enGosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate gdp DOL=1.33. 3) "This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrem with any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 5) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Pfovide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 114 lb uplift at joint 1, 123 Its uplift at joint 5, 92 Its uplift at joint 7, 392 Us uplift at joint 9 and 3921b uplift at joint 6. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A Wn - M(Tax Ronc PIldaM 4est9m P=ramefers uM aa4D NDTPS tied vold forum um o Design vality for use only with Mnek connectors. This Is onlyuponparameters ono upon parameters shown, once loran Individual eforo al bulling component. component. obased Applicability incorporation truss s design shown -nofhuss pemmenfersand proper incoryamfionofcomponenfacing billtld ring coer support of theresenemcing oermanent web membersonly.Additional temporarybracing to builinabilityduringorgeneralonisthere to stability of Me NforIor. MiTe_k- Additional erector. Atlquality permanent bracingve the overall structure's asa responsibility of the building designer. Forgeneml guidance regarding fabrication, quality wal from Trdelivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSIpP11 pu 9. Criteria. DSB-a9 and 50511 Building Component ritel g Component SWeN Information avo0oble From truss Plate Institute, D'Onofno Drive. Motlkon. WI 53719. N.ONer way, Suite 0300 Cbmt ChestedieM, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A Genera! Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 0/4' Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 1/11, f For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1/iP from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION ri' I 6'4-8 i dimensions shown t t scale) f caixfeen}hs III (Drawings not to scale) O 0C 0 x U a O JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311,ESR-1352,ER-5243,9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 O U U O 1— © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved MiTeko POWER TO PERFORM.- MITek Engineering Reference Sheet Mll-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system. e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/rPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice Is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. IrJob Truss Truss Type city Ply Tom Iuo/Doran Residence 67969 V24 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference r..... .._., . _...._. __ ... _ .___, __..o _.._.. _.., . _._._. _., u.aw a reu )o two Ml l ea mausures, mC. I nu Jun 2a 12:4Laa 2807 Page 1 12-0-0 0-0-0 12-M 4x4M1120= 3 Scale =1:38.4 US rill h3 M02011 6x6 MI120= 23 MI¢011 24-0-0 Plate Offsets (XY)- V:"-0,0-3-0] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFT in (loc) ede8 L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.67 Vert(LL) n1a - n1a 999 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.61 Vert(TL) rda - Na 999 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.16 Hor2(TL) 0.00 5 n1a nia BCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight 821b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2D TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-041 oc purilns. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ill 1=318124-0-0, 5=318124-0-0, 7=149124-0-0, 8=828124-0-0, 6=82824-M Max Horz 1=104(load case 5) Max Upliftl=-164(load case 3), 5=176(load use 4), 8=530(load case 3), 6=529(load rase 4) FORCES (Its)- Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=981107, 2-3=-951195, 34=95H88, 45=981107 SOT CHORD 1-8=OMS, 7-8=0185, 6-7=0185, 5-6=0185 WEBS 3-7=-160127, 2-8=6301517, 4-6=-6301517 NOTES 11) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL-3.0psf; Category II; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL-1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrentwith any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 5) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1641b uplift at joint 1, 176lb uplift at joint 5, 5301b uplift at joint 8 and 6291b uplift at joint S. LOAD CASE(S) Standard t w4RHINa-verify a• NO Tara 3a7xx REPERENCa➢ADE MRA4738g �• uponpCLUDED D th MrirvneferaarW this designcomponent. Design valid for use onlywith Mgek connectors. this is basedonlyneon parametersshown,antl is for anIndividual building component. rporatisbasetl of stability during gner-nolhoss tleigsponsiBracing shown Applicability forotlsupport of paramalvveenters and mernters Incorporation Adafionoicomponent acing to insure construction n is respamidiing or Me is for loteral support of rrnonenal web members only. Additional tempormybraoing to Insure stability MiTek� erector. Additional permanent an overall structure responsibility of Me bualit designer.For general guidance regarding designer. de0vathe storage, bracing, consult tls Plateerection andbracing, fabrication. quion Aeon. ll Oua18y CMetla, DSa 89 and BC411 eeONng Component N.Outer Forty, Suite tt300 modalstorage, Safely IMormaBon mailable from Truss Plata institute. 583 D'OnoMo Drive, Maduon. WI53r19. Drive, Chesterfield, MO 63017 Cull Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y z � zoffsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both tides of truss and fully embed teeth. L 1/ldr L L For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'h6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is The length parallel To slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 0 IX O U U O Numbering System 7 dimensions shown t t f scale) sixteenths (Drawings not To scale) I I JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS'STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. i CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: I 7 Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 3 5 , 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of The 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved MiTek® POWER TO PERFORM.- MDek Engineering Reference Sheet M11.7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or x-bracing, is always required. See BCSI I. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other Interested parties. S. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or puriins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing a110 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. Job Tmss Truss Type City Ply Tom luo/Doran Residence U969 V4 VALLEY 2 1 Job Refe(optional) CIt&$$ers truss Inc., Fort Pierce Fl. 34982, Song Chal Tan, PEA46765 _e N 6.300 s Feb 15 2006 MlTek Industries, Inc. Thu Jun 28 12.42:19 2007 Page 1 2-M 4.00 12 2 2-0-0 0-0-0 3x4 MIIM0 3x4 161020� 4-0-0 Scale =1:6.4 Plate Offsets ()1,Y). j2.0-3-0,Ed9ej LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DEFL in (loc) Udell L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.06 Vert(LL) We - nia 999 M1120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumberincrease 1.33 BC 0.10 Vert(TL) We - We 999 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress [nor YES WB 9.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 We Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004rrP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 91b LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (Ib/size) 1=12114-0-0,3=121/4-0-0 Max Ho¢ 1=10(loa l case 5) Max Upliftl=-62(load case 3), 3=-62(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2---169H05, 2-3=469/105 BOTCHORD 1J=-881149 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind; ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27R; TCDL=42psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance Inspection. 5) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 62 He uplift at joint 1 and 621b uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard wMMN NOTFdeNTAm dnT6a'Rand4iENCa PAa6dtlF7473ingcom 1�H 69� one ar met is foranindividualbuldng component. only Winifek connectors.uponparameters Maek connectors. Ws design is based onlyupon parametersshof Designvalid for use only Wsd Designfor of bWdin during construction er- not buss thedesresponsi cing shown ra building is for lateral of n allte component b e reg to insure ly tluring is the of the of parodual voerste Additional suppod of rmanent web members only. Additional temporary bracing th insure e mand proper in only. is fortor. Wek' a regarding general guidance donee regarding erector. Additional permanent del of the overall structure responsibility ing d rag A DFol9and PI1 DaaOry Cdteda, 05e B9 and BC711 Building Component end Quality Criteria. fabrication, qualify control, storage, delivery, erection end bracing, comull consult N. Outer Suite #300 safety Information available from truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onotno Drive, Madison, W163]I9. Bison, 00 Chesterfield. MO fi3017 Chest Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION ++133\/" Center plate on joint unless x, y L .J �.? offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. �/ldr T i For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'h6" from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. "Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel To slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION 0iN Numbering System dimensions shown t scale) f sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-9730 95- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 9604B, by text in The bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 0 O U O F- © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved .. MiTek's POWER TO pERFORM." MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII.7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSII. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, If no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown ore the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Job Truss Truss Type qcy Ply �nRloren Residence 67969 Ve VALLEY 1 [orn LL 1.Mir nuaau..,r nrrcu.0 I...wv , aue—,, xro,aa 0.3VVSre@la N@YMII@Fin@YSm@S, In0. lnu Jon ZBlZ:4Z:212007 Pagel 4-0-0 Scale =1:128 3x6 NIIZU= 2 e nn� 3x4 1111120� 3x4 101120� a-0-0 Plate Offsets (X,Y)[2:0-M,Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-M CSI DER in (loc) Well Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.35 Vert(LL) n1a - n1a 999 MI120 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.69 Vert(TL) n1a - We 999 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Hoa(TL) 0.00 3 n1a Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight 221b LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. SOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-M od bracing. vo REACTIONS (lb/slxe) 1=34118-M,3=341/B-0-0 Max Horz 1=-29(load "se 6) Max Upliftl=-176(load case 3), 3=176(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--477/295, 2-3=477/295 BOTCHORD 1-3=-247/419 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Fxp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) *This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 4) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 5) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1761b uplift at joint 1 and 176lb uplift at joint 3. LOAD CASE(S) Standard A wAEMNa-v-%deslgnparvmebnaMREADNOTE oNTms ANDrNCLUDEDMREEREFERE PAGEd 7473EEPONSo3E. Design void for use only with MTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design paramenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not has designer. Bracing shown MiTek is for lateral support of individual web members only. ACditioml temporary bracing to insure stability during comtruttion b the responsibility of Me erector. Additionol permanent bracing of the overall structure u Me responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fobncafion, quality central storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPI1 Quality Cdleda, 0511.89 and BCSII Building Component 14515 N. Outer Forty. Bu9e g300 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Imtitute, 583 D'Onofno Drive, Madison. Wi 53719. Chesterfield, MO 63017 Symbols Numbering System A General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION + 4-1 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. �T/76r I For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1nd' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION I 6-4-8 'dimensions shown incaixteenihs scale) I (Drawings not To scale) JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-13 5- 3, 96 31, 667A 3, 96046, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI 1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. , O O M U a O © 2006 MTek@ All Rights Reserved r.r.� MiTeV POWER TO PERFORM.TM MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury 1. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or %-bracing, is always required. See BC511. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses, 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI I. B. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice Is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions Indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and In all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is Installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, wards and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Truss 69 Truss Type City Ply Tom Izxo/Doran Residence VA VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference (optional) Job 679 Cfar vis Truss Inc., Fort 0.0.0 __ .. •_^..... .... .._... .................�.,.,o�.,,,,:. ,,,,. lull.. icra:aal... ra9u. 2-10-8 2-0-0 2-10-8 3.6 Mil 3x6 Ull z - 4.00 12 3 3.4 M1120i 3,el M020-- 8-0-D Scale=1:13.0 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [2:03-0,0-2-8], [3:03-0,0-2-8] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 8de0 LidrMI120E S GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.30 Vert(LL) nia - nla 999 2491190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.33 Vert(TL) Na - We 999 BOLL 10.0 Rep Stress Inch YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.01 4 n/a NaBCDL 10.0 Code FBC20041TP12002 (Matrix) ht: 221b 5 LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lbls(ze) 1=34118-M, 4=34118-0-0 Max Hom 1=19(load case 5) Max Uplift1=186(load case 3), 4=-186(load case 4) FORCES (lb)- Maximum Compression/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2=-7001402, 23=-6511397, 347001402 BOTCHORD 1-4=358/651 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc puffins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 93-12 oc bracing. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live (cads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3-second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category 11; Exp C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) "This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonco scurrentwith any other live loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss Is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1861b upliftatjoint 1 and 186 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard a A WARNWn-VerVyde gnpammetera¢MFEADMDONT8fEd`a1rNCWDEDdBTEEEEFF.BENCEPA0EM-74TJBEMREDEE. �, Design valid for use only v4M Mnek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and h for an individual building component. designer- designer. Bracing Applicability of design poramenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building a for lateral support of Individual "Id members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during not truss shown construction is the responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is Me responsibifil the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage. defvery, erection and bracing, conaff ANSVRII Quality Gltedn.OSO-B9 and BCSII Bundling Component 14515 N. Outar Forty. Suite MOOSafety Information available from truss Plate Institute. 583 dOnofrio Drive. Madison, WI 53719. Chesterfield. MO 63017 Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4_7 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. Q 1/16r i Lj� For; or 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'4e' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available in li 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. I w \ fl7_117 7_Lei 12 [H 110Zfl_U Le] 1 i0 Numbering System dimensions shown t scale) f sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFF. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of The 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110,84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSII: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. O U U a O © 2006 MTek® All Rights Reserved mw ITEM MiTeke POWER TO PERFORM.- 1i Engineering Reference Sheet: M11.7473 ®General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/rPl I. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative heated, or green lumber. 10. Camber Is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ff. spacing. or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. IS. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria. Jo0 Truss Truss Type pry ply Tom IzzolDoren Residence 67969 VB VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference (optional) 0-0-0 2-10-8 4.00 12 3x6 MI120= 2 o.aeu s run io a,ue all ex mausmes, inc. mu Jun 21112:42:23 2007 Page 1 6-3-0 2-10-8 3x6 MI120= 3 3X10 M11209 3.10 M1120@ 12-M Scale=1:19.5 Plate Offsets (X,Y). [2;0S-0,0-2-8] [3:04- ,0-2-8] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Well Lld PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.86 VerhLL) nia - rda 999 M1120 249/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.95 Vert(TL) Na - Na 999 BCLL 10.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.03 4 n/a Na BCDL 10.0 Code FBC2004/TP12002 (Matrix) Weight: 33 lb LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.3 BOT CHORD 2X 4SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lblsize) 1=561112-0-0, 4=561/12-" Max Hom 1=19(load case 5) Max Upliftl=-313(load case 3), 4=313(load rase 4) FORCES (lb) - Maximum Compresslon/Maximum Tension TOP CHORD 1-2--16751987, 23=16131969, 3-0=-1675/987 BOTCHORD 1-0=-931/1613 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 23-2 oc puriins. BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 2-2-0 oc bracing. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-02; 145mph (3second gust); h=27ft; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=3.Opsf; Category II; Exit C; enclosed; MWFRS; cantilever left and right exposed ; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33. 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4)'This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcumant with any other live loads. 5) This truss requires plate inspection per the Tooth Count Method when this truss is chosen for quality assurance inspection. 6) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 313 lb uplift atjoint 1 and 313 lb uplift at joint 4. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Puramenne and NERD NOTfi9 PCIADEDMRown. A W4NNINn-use bq� andRENOEPAOEMN-T4T3ingcom component. on"th basedonlyuponcomponent. Parameters shown, antlidesignir-not truss Design valid for use on parithenterMiTek conn propers and Tn¢de4gffan of component designer. Bracing shown Applicability of t ofbilitynuring component lacing parvidual Me is for lateral webmembersinly. Additional to insure construction the responsbing of the foratrlupporof support of individual web members only. Aructiur al temporary bracing insure stability during eomheral i Me Quality tlteria, r. roc gend guidance erector. AOdifionol pennon of y.e overall structure li the m A ew v4515 torageoing ANSI.W duullry criteria, D3B 89 and BC311 Building Component Lately moor quality control, storage, delivery. erection and bracing, onsult ANSI/ BMIIuildsg Como N. Out or N. Outer Forty, N3a0 Satery Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onotno Drive, Madnon. WI53719. Plate Drive, Ches[eifieltl, MO 63017 Chest • s I, { Symbols PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 4-1 N, Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-1n6' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. • Plate location details available In MITek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate 4 x 4 width measured perpendicular to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Nur,ppering,Sysfem I 6-4-8 i dimensions shown t t scale) f caixteenths II'll (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: Indicated by symbol shown and/or ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, by text in the bracing section of the 9730, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing NER-487, NER-561 if indicated. 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPI1: National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI1: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Conrected Wood Trusses. ,. O M U O © 2006 MiTek@ All Rights Reserved r.r.® _R -• f MiTek POWER TO PERFORM.- MRek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 A General Safety Notes Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I. Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI1. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, properly owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss of each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19°%at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1 Quality Criteria.